Main Vendor Contact:

This is an evolving spreadsheet. Users are always recommended to refer to the on-line copy accessible through

Updates to this spreadsheet are password protected. The following are authorised to make updates: Spreadsheet Owner: Sub- Owners: Issue Number

Updated 1 1.1 070799 080799 160899

180899 200899 230899

280999 141099 151199 29/12/99 20/01/00 15/02/00

23/02/00 06/03/00 16/03/00

12/04/00 12/04/00 18/04/00 20/04/00 20/04/00 05/05/00 12/06/00 13/06/00 17/07/00 18/08/00

25/08/00

01/08/00

15/08/00 16/08/00

11/09/00

18/09/00

28/09/00

20/10/00

12/12/00 21/12/00

13/03/01

17/05/01

12/06/01

06/07/01

10/07/01

03/08/01

05/09/01

21/09/01

08/10/01

12/10/01

22/10/01

31/10/01 14/11/01

05/12/01

06/12/01

06/12/01

18/01/02

18/01/02

25/01/02 25/01/02

30/01/02

15/02/02 19/3/02 20/03/02 25/03/02 05/04/02 09/04/02

23/04/02 15/05/02

23/05/02 23/08/02 29/08/02 05/09/02 19/09/02 27/09/02 30/09/02 14/10/02 13/11/02

16/01/03 16/01/03 07/02/03

01/04/03

03/04/03 03/04/03

04/04/03 09/04/03 09/04/03 100001 12/05/03 100002 02/06/03 100003 04/06/03

100004 13/06/03

07/07/03

10005 22/08/03

100006 17/09/03

17/09/03

17/09/03

17/09/03 17/09/03 100007 25/09/03 100008 03/10/03

100009 03/10/03 100010 22/10/03 100011 28/10/03

28/10/03

100012 10/11/03 100013 13/11/03 100014 08/12/03 100015 08/01/04 100016 12/01/04 100017 14/01/04 100018 23/01/04

100019 22/04/04

100020 23/04/04 100021 17/06/04

100022 01/09/04 100023 16/09/04

100024 27/01/05 100025 23/02/05

100026 17.05/2005 100027 15/06/2004

100028 06/07/2005

100029 03/02/2006

100030 11/04/2006

100031 21/04/2006

100032 31/05/2006 100033 23/10/2006

100034

02/11/2006

100035

23/01/2007

100036 100037

28/03/2007 10/07/2007

100038

30/07/2007

100039

19/09/2007

100040

12/12/2007

100041 23/01/2008
18/04/2008 100042 19/06/2008

100043 27/10/2008 100044 20/02/2009 100045 20/02/2009 100046 12/11/2009

100047

03/09/2010

100048

18/02/2011

100049

13/06/2011

100050

15/06/2011

100051

08/08/2011

100052

05/10/2011

100053

02/12/2011

100054

24/05/2012

O2 UK Global Parameter Workbook for N

Simon Pengelly

olving spreadsheet. Users are always recommended to refer to the on-line copy accessible through :

is spreadsheet are password protected. The following are authorised to make updates: Bob White Dave Fraley John Button Comments Updated to reflect S7 Parameter Database as issued by Nokia - Note Items in Grey are New S7 parameters yet to be validated. Updated for 9906 changes to DR parameters and 1800 to 900 PBGT GSM1800 optimisation SMS Cell Broadcast features added hoAveragingLevDL set to match AveragingWindowSizeAdjCell for microcells and IUO Parameters added Status 9903 9906 9909 9909 9912

Correction to drThrehold Addition of Enabled Statistics Tabsheet and Distribution List Expandin the IUO Change to all cells, including GSM1800

9912 9912 9912

Final edit before issue for 9912, Handovers Tabsheet added Missing parameters added to Handovers Tabsheet (for information only) Editorial change on Nokia request (moved drThreshold to ADJACENT CELL section added IntraCellHandoverEnabled) GPRS Parameters added (for informaiton only) Final edit before issue for 0003, rxLevAccessMin changed on microcells to improve C1, widen origination area and match existing Motorola value. Addition of missing Power Control threshold

9912 9912 NA NA 0003 0003

Addition of missing Power Control threshold Addition of GPRS parameters Addition of PRFILE parameters

0003 0006 0006

Hopping parameter list extended for 900 and 1800 cells. Parameter change to reflect BBFH on all regular carriers except single TRX cells Addition of BSC parameter 'Dynamic SDCCH' in anticipation of global implementation RA Code now calculated by Magnet Lines Single carrier cells will have BBFH implemented Enabling of Dynamic SDCCH approved RXDL Enabled for Macrocells only Modify SDCCH Alarm limit on 1800 cells with greater than one carrier Extended the reporting period of p_nbsc_ho_adj & p_nbsc_undef_adj_cell Segregation of PRFILE and PAFILE parameters Modification to T3192 and GPRS TAU (GAMMA) parameters Un-barring of GSM1800

0003 0003 0003 0003 0003 0006 0006 0006 0009 0009

EGSM Parameters Added

0009

Un-barring 1800 correction and added more PA File Parameters and Features

0009

Enable GPRS on every TRX Modificaitons required for enabling GPRS on every TRX

0009 0009

Recovered Database after corruption of file

0009

Clarification of IUO in TRX count for GPRS

0009

Changed after Nokia agreed with BTC on GPRS usage figures

0009

Final CDEF Settings, 6 timeslots per cell

0009

Corrected implementation of trxPriorityInTCHAlloc Microcell Quality Improvement

N/A N/A

HO from 900 micro to 1800 macro ho_margin_rxqual 900 pico to 900 pico - cosmetic change to match all others ho_margin_rxqual 1800 pico to 900 pico - cosmetic change to match all others GPRS Power Control improvements GPRS Alpha set to 0 for all cells GPRS Tau set to 0 for all cells 900 Micro to EGSM Macro Handover enabled

Dedicated GPRS Capacity (CDED) for 900 Macro Dedicated GPRS Capacity (CDED) for 900 Micro PCU_CS_Non_Hopping (in PR File)
p_nbsc_ms_cap p_nbsc_pcu p_nbsc_rlc_blocks p_nbsc_fr p_nbsc_et_bsc

900 Macro Handovers split into co-sited and adj-sited columns. Both identical except 1800 Macro to 900 adj-sited ho-margin-pbgt set to 15 and EGSM Macro to 900 adj-sited ho-margin-pbgt set to 6. 1800 Macro Handovers split into co-sited and adj-sited columns. Both identical except 900 Macro to 1800 adj-sited and EGSM Macro to 1800 adj-sited homargin-pbgt are both set to 2 EGSM Macro Handovers split into co-sited and adj-sited columns. Both identical except 1800 Macro to EGSM adj-sited and 900 Macro to EGSM adjsited values are NOT set. Distribution List Updated 1800 Macro to EGSM adj-sited and 900 Macro to EGSM adj-sited values have been set to be identical to EGSM co-sited except for adjacent sited ho-marginpbgt values which are set to 6 (900 Macro) and 15 (1800 Macro).

trhoTargetLevel AmhUpperLoadThreshold AmhMaxLoadofTgtCell AmhTrhoGuardTime AmhTrhoPBGTMargin Added Michelle Shrubsall to distribution Moved AmhTrhoPBGTMargin parameter from Adjacencies group to Handover Control Group (Parameter not changed)
ALLOW_SENDING_OF_UNEQUIPED_CIRCUIT_MESSAGES

Added Battery Backup Procedure to "Others" sheet. GSM1800 macrocell drinuse changed from cellspecific to Y (yes) GSM900 DRThreshold Parameter moved to adjacency DR parameter section GSM1800 DRThreshold Parameter moved to adjacency DR Parameter section Micro and Pico cell handovers parameters to "Co-sited" macros blocked out as all macros are non co-sited to these cells. Values retained in case IPD or vendor systems require these parameters

Deleted 4dB PBGT handover setting for adjacent channel BCCH Neighbours Deleted 4dB PBGT handover setting for adjacent channel source cell BCCH to target cell TCH Neighbours Deleted 3dB PBGT handover setting for co channel BCCH Neighbours Deleted 3dB PBGT handover setting for co channel source cell BCCH to target cell TCH Neighbours 15dB PBGT from 1800 to non cosited 900 macro now approved

2dB PBGT from 900 macro to 1800 non cosited macro now approved. Warning added to minimise use of this as policy is for one way 1800 to 900 Hos only Comment field added with expalnatory notes on RLT On 1800 Parameters sheet changed Micro column title to read Pico. No 1800 Micros defined in handover matrix only 1800 Picos Added Motorway Micro to EGSM Handover Parameters for 2 way handover Changed all -24 homarginPBGT parameter values to -20 (cosmetic change) changed all cell to same cell type handover rxlevmincell to -107dBm RXLevMinCell 900 Macro to 1800 Macro RxlevMinCell 900 Macro to Micro minIntBetweenUnsuccHoAttempts (on 900 and 1800 tab) Changed "Macro to Macro" to "Macro to Micro" in cell N295 on 900 tab RXLevMinCell 900 Macro to 1800 Macro in 900 tab RxlevMinCell 900 Macro to Micro on 900 tab

AmhUpperLoadThreshold AmhMaxLoadofTgtCell AmhTrhoGuardTime

The following changes are all related to Uplink DTX Changed hoAveragingLevUL weighting from 1 to 2 for 900 and 1800 Changed hoAveragingQualUL weighting from 1 to 2 for 900 and 1800 Changed pcAveragingLevUL weighting for 900 and 1800 from 1 to 2 Changed pcAveragingQualUL weighting for 900 and 1800 from 1 to 2 Changed DTXMode Parameter for 900 and 1800 cells from 2 to 1

cnThreshold
HoMarginPBGT Parameter for 900 Macro to Motorway Micro and 900 Pico changed to 0db (Only to be changed on cells where this parameter is not locked in IPD) Add note to Statistics sheet to show that Mick Joseph must be consulted for any OMC impact HoMarginPBGT Parameter for 900 Macro to Motorway Micro and 900 Pico returned to old values until rollout to network is possible. Timer T9113 corrected to show correct default value of 13. Cellnet continue to use default value (13 used in network) RLT parameter modified from 16 to 3 to reflect actual BSC value rather than number of SACCH frames. Supporting notes amended to clarify Timer T8 aligned with Motorola setting TRHO BSC parameter supporting notes added Handover notes added Updated distribution list

RXLevAccessMin value increased to -105dBm for all cells Downlink DTX was shown as enabled (Y) but it is not enabled (N)

Correction and Clarification of the Half Rate Parameter Names, 900 and 1800 hoThresholdsLevUL changed on 900 cells less micros Notes and comments added BBU parameter added Modified Handovers Matrix to preference 1800 over EGSM for traffic management. See PCF15_02 EGSM Parameters - John Button Receive Diversity parameter diversityused added RxLevAccessMin value increased to -103 for all cells types. Redefinition of neighbour relationships from co-sited to co-aligned (see notes on 'Handovers' sheet). PR File setting for ERFD_USAGE_P changed from 'OFF' to 'ON' following requested from D Fraley to support future rollout of this feature. Included details of BTSLoadInfoCheckTimer patch that has to be set in UTP file. BTSLoadInfoCheckTimer is used to assess available TCH resource for TRHO. Lockable Parameters sheet added to the spreadsheet, including parameters & ranges Rearranged FACCH related BSC parameters into a logical group + added ITCF (Number of Ignored Transcoder Failures) to the database. Level triggered handovers disabled by setting hoThresholdsLevDL & hoThresholdsLevUL to -110 on all cell types. Decision based on John Button's trial analysis recommendation - See rdsr02_094 Nokia Level HO Threshold.doc

Distribution List amended to remove Phil Minnett & Howard Absalom and replace with Rob Stent plus Nokia Plans internal email account. Additional explanations added to Comments column for TRX Priority in TCH Allocation (TRP) and Prefer BCCH Frequency GPRS (BFG) parameters N & P counters associated with Parameters hoThresholdsLevUL & hoThresholdsLevDL have been changed to 32, after request from John Button to ensure the UL can not trigger a handover. Additional explanations added to Comments boxes for TRX Priority in TCH Allocation (TRP) in bold and Prefer BCCH Frequency GPRS (BFG). TRX parameter (HRS) Half Rate Support added to TRX section of 900/1800 Parameters tabs. Parameters Database Issue Number Column added to this Change Control sheet, for easier version tracking & control. RDIV (diversityused) changed from Cell / Kit specific to Y for Ultrasite H/W Additional comments included for RDIV Half Rate Parameters defined for HRL, HRU, FRL, FRU to disable as default. Alternative values will apply where this optional functionality has been enabled and sufficient dual rate licences exist.

Updated to include BSS 10 & BSS 10.5 parameter sets into a combined 900/1800 parameters list. Half Rate Parameter trigger thresholds have been revised at the BTS for FRL, FRU. The proposed change in thresholds, when Dual Rate is enabled, to FRL = 15 (85% utilisation) & FRU = 25 (75% utilisation) will allow a greater proportion of calls to be allocated onto full rate timeslots, before half rate allocation commences. Note: The default BTS parameter settings have also been modified to minimise the MML changes required to enable the dual rate functionality. Default Rxlevaccessmin value has been modified from -103dBm to -105dBm to re-capture additional inbound roaming revenue, lost since the previous change from -107dBm to -103dBm. BSC Level parameter Ignore Transcoder Failures (ITCF) modified from 0 to 5, to provide additional transmission link resilience, to counter the effects of short breaks, which tend to cause dropped calls.

Power Control Upper & Lower Level thresholds modified as an interim measure from Stage 1 of Nokia Power Control trial. NQTCF & NMC Techicians added to distribution list Minor text changes to Dual Rate parameter fields Reference to Split Paging Cycle parameter added Parameters being monitored as part of the Global Parameter Discrepancy checking process are indicated. Note: The set of parameters being incorporated into Business Objects Reports will increase over time. Rxlevaccessmin value reset to -105dBm (see 17/09/2003) as value in cell type entries for rxlevaccessmin were incorrectly showing -103dBm. Changes to Power Control thresholds modified in Discrepancy Report section Power Control Upper & Lower Level thresholds modified, in Generic Parameters section, on 1800 cells to align with the equivalent thresholds on the 900 cells. Change to DL adaption probability threshold (DLA) to align with Nokia recommended default value of 20% (previously set to 10% on John Williamson recommendation) GPRS Dedicated Timeslots missed off the list of Current Lockable (and optimisable) parameters within IPD Updated PA FILE entries for T17 & T18 parameters following MSC Overload trial Q3 parameter name modified for PMAX1 (mstxpwrmaxgsm) and PMAX2 (mstxpwrmaxgsm1x00) Periodic Location Update (timerPeriodicUpdateMS) changed from 1 hour to 2 hours. Updated contents of PA File to include BSS10.5 entries (MSC-R, SGSN-R etc). Included new sheet for UTP Patch Settings Updated contents of PR File to include BSS10.5 entries. Included new sheet for FI File entries.

Modification to 3G related parameters to support 2G to 3G Cell Reselection requested via email by NMcD 26/02/04 15:01. (Missed it due to CBCCH activities). Subsequent request via email by DF 22/04/04 13:00.

Corrected Minimum Mean Holding Time for TCHs (MINHTT) due to excessive alarm 7743 generation. TGB_RESET parameter changed from Nokia default to value 2EE0 (hex) as requested in IOT for GPRS5 operation DEDICATED_GPRS_TIMES(CDED) Lockable range extended to reflect dimensioning changes implemented to support video streaming Periodic MS location update (PER) increased after paging trials

TX Integer (numberOfSlotsSpreadTrans or SLO) reduced after field trial MSCR set to "1" SGSNR set to "1" Timer T8 Optimum Rx Level Uplink (LEV) DRX_TIMER_MAX changed from 0 to 8 seconds ALARM_LIMIT_FOR_UNAVAILABLE_A-IF_CIRCUITS

ALARM_DELAY_FOR_UNAVAILABLE_A-IF_CIRCUITS

ALARM_LIMIT_FOR_SUCCESSIVE_REMOTE_TC_FAIL

DRX_TIMER_MAX changed from 8 to 0 seconds Transcoder Parameters added Parameter maxNumberRetransmission made optimisable in the range 4 or 2 or 1 Parameter noOfBlocksForAccessGrant made optimisable in the range 2 to 4 inclusive

Parameter minHiIf - value set to 2 to mirror network setting

Spreadsheet updated to include BSS11.5 Parameters

Binary Representation ALPHA (ALPHA) and Binary Representation TAU (GAMMA) for 1800 cells both aligned with the settings for 900/EGSM

AMR Half Rate parameters modified to support initial stages of AMR Rollout PA file parameter BS_CV_MAX corrected Alarm limit for SDCCH availability reduced, following SDCCH optimisation work and re-dimensioning DRX_TIMER_MAX changed from 0 to 8 seconds Parameter descriptions and values clarified for noOfMultiframesBetweenPaging, numberOfSlotsSpreadTrans, btsSpLoadDepTCHRate (lower and upper thresholds for half rate triggering), HoppingSequenceNumber1 and HoppingSequenceNumber2. AMR Parameters adjusted in line with AMR Trials recommendations. See UKRE_06_059 2G AMR Optimisation Trial Report

BSC level parameter TCH in handover (HRI ) optimised for AMR use

BTS level parameter radioLinkTimeout (RLT) increased to optimise CCSR Adjacency parameter dr threshold (DRT) optimised to reduce blocking. Handover Matrix spilit into separate tabs for Co-Aligned and Adjacent Cells and extended to include dr Threshold and all IPD cell types. BTS level parameters FddQMin (FDM) and GPRSFddQMin (GFDM ) adjusted to optimise 3G>2G Reselection. UTP File Patch details added BTS Parameter cellReselectHysteresis (HYS) optimised all cell types except Pico cells

EDGE BTS Parameters eGPRSEnabled (EGENA) and egprsLinkAdaptEnabled (ELA) configured for EDGE rollout. GPRS-related statistics enabled for EDGE rollout. Values for Dual Rate Parameters btsSpLoadDepTCHRate (FRL) and btsSpLoadDepTCHRate (FRU) optimised.

Gb Interface flow control parameters (BSSGP) optimised for EDGE operation. AMR Radio Link Timer (ARLT) extended to optimise customer experience

Spreadsheet updated to include BSS12 Parameters

Distributed to all users HOC parameter number of measured FDD cells (FDMR) set to 0 (zero) Enabled Counters info updated

Spreadsheet updated to include BSS13 Parameters

Minor correction to Enabled Counters tab New lockable ranges defined for the parameters rxLevAccessMin, cellReselectOffset, penaltyTime, cellBarQualify and DedicatedGPRSCapacity. Also, DL TBF Release Delay PRFILE Parameter 046:0067 and UL TBF Release Delay PRFILE Parameter 046:0068 have been modified

Spreadsheet updated to include RG10 Parameters

Updated with additional scheduling parameters to support PCU2 operation

Updated to include changes due to introduction of Coordinated Paging and Gb over IP. The overall format of this workbook has been modified to give a separate worksheet for each Managed Object. In addition, the listings for PR, FI, PA and UTPFIL files have been rationalised and updated. PR File Update

PR File Update

BTS level GPRS parameter adjustment linked to PCU2 rollout

BTS level GPRS parameter adjustment linked to PCU2 rollout

BTS Supervision parameter adjustment linked to rollout of high-capacity Stadium sites. Relates to 7738 alarm (BTS with no transactions).

arameter Workbook for Nokia BSS

Radio Engineering Home Page

Owner

Detailed Changes

John Williamson John Williamson John Williamson Parameter drMethod drThreshold hoAveragingLevDl hoAveragingLevUl superReuseEstMethod superReuseBadCiThreshold John Williamson Parameter drThreshold John Williamson John Williamson Parameter superReuseEstMethod superReuseBadCiThreshold John Williamson John Williamson 900 Pico handover priority John Williamson IntraCellHandoverEnabled John Williamson John Williamson Parameter rxLevAccessMin John Williamson Parameters Added pcLowerThresholdsQual144RXQual px nx John Williamson Ammended pcLowerThresholdsQual144RXQual John Williamson John Williamson

Dave Fraley Dave Fraley John Williamson Dave Fraley Dave Fraley John Williamson John Williamson John Williamson

BTS Hopping Mode (except single carrier cells = N) dynamicsdcch RAC BTS Hopping Mode = BB for all cells dynamicsdcch Receive Antenna Diference Level ALSDC

John Williamson T3192 Binary Representation TAU (GAMMA) John Williamson GSM1800 Macrocells and Microcells cellReselectParamInd cellReselectOffset penaltyTime temporaryOffset cellBarQualify DefaultGPRScapacity GprsEnabled CellBarred GPRSenabled TRX hoThresholdsLevUL John Williamson Numerous EGSM parameters penaltyTime John Williamson DOUBLE_BA_LIST TRANSM_EQ_MML_ENABLE REMOTE_MMI DUAL_BAND_USAGE ISDN_ABIS_OPT_IN_BSC ALLOW_OVER_16TRX FH_IUO_USAGE BSC_GPRS_PARAM_ENABLED MS_CAP_IND_USAGE FMMS_USAGE_P John Williamson GprsEnabled (GTRX) John Williamson preferredBCCHMark DefaultGPRScapacity PrefBCCHfreqGPRS John Williamson CDEF = 34% for a one carrier cell CDEF = 15% for a two carrier cell CDEF = 10% for a three carrier cell CDEF = 7% for a four carrier cell CDEF = 6% for a five carrier cell CDEF = 5% for a six carrier cell John Williamon Changed after IUO clarification

CDEF = 45 for one (non-IUO) TRX CDEF = 20 for two (non-IUO) TRX CDEF = 12 for three (non-IUO) TRX CDEF = 9 for four (non-IUO) TRX CDEF = 7 for five (non-IUO) TRX CDEF = 6 for six (non-IUO) TRX John Williamson 5 Timeslots CDEF = 90 for one (non-IUO) TRX CDEF = 42 for two (non-IUO) TRX CDEF = 26 for three (non-IUO) TRX CDEF = 19 for four (non-IUO) TRX CDEF = 15 for five (non-IUO) TRX CDEF = 12 for six (non-IUO) TRX John Williamson 6 Timeslots CDEF = 100 for one (non-IUO) TRX CDEF = 47 for two (non-IUO) TRX CDEF = 31 for three (non-IUO) TRX CDEF = 23 for four (non-IUO) TRX CDEF = 18 for five (non-IUO) TRX CDEF = 15 for six (non-IUO) TRX John Williamson trxPriorityInTCHAlloc John Williamson hoThresholdsQualDL hoThresholdsQualUL Richard Patient hoMarginPBGT homarginqual homarginqual

Alpha (all cells) Tau (all cells) For 900 Micro to EGSM Macro Only rxLevMinCell hoMarginPBGT hoMarginLev hoMarginQual hoPriorityLevel Richard Patient CDED CDED PCU_CS_NON_HOPPING Statistic Enabled Statistic Enabled Statistic Enabled Statistic Enabled Statistic Enabled

Richard Patient

Richard Patient

Richard Patient Richard Patient

Richard Patient Changed from optional feature to -85dBm or No for GSM900 Macro (set to No to disable TRHO, "No" is used on inter layer and MSC controlled neighbours only) Added Parameter required TRHO Added Parameter required TRHO Added Parameter required TRHO Added Parameter required TRHO

Richard Patient Richard Patient Richard Patient Richard Patient Richard Patient

Richard Patient Richard Patient Richard Patient Richard Patient Richard Patient Richard Patient

Parameter moved to correct group Parameter changed from N (No) to Y (Yes) Parameter set to All (0) per BCF GSM1800 Macrocell drinuse Cosmetic No change to values Cosmetic No change to values

Richard Patient

Cosmetic

Richard Patient Richard Patient Dave Fraley Dave Fraley Dave Fraley

Deleted from bottom of handovers sheet Deleted from bottom of handovers sheet

Dave Fraley Dave Fraley

Richard Patient Richard Patient

1800 Parameter sheet column title changed from micro to Pico Added Parameters to Handover Matrix changed Parameters in Handover Matrix changed Parameters in Handover Matrix

Richard Patient Richard Patient Richard Patient

From -88 to -78 dBm From -95 to -85 dBm from 1 to 3 (following successful trial) From -88 to -78 dBm (link to handover matrix) From -95 to -85 dBm (link to handover matrix)

Richard Patient

Set 900 Micros and Picos to 75% Set 900 Micros and picos to 59% Set 900 Micros and picos to 20 secs

Richard Patient Richard Patient Richard Patient Richard Patient Richard Patient Richard Patient

weighting changed from 1 to 2 weighting changed from 1 to 2 weighting changed from 1 to 2 weighting changed from 1 to 2 DTXMode changed from 2 to 1 all changed from 5 to 15

Richard Patient Richard Patient

Changed to 0 Added Reminder Note to Enabled Stats sheet

Richard Patient

Richard Patient Dave Fraley Richard Patient Dave Fraley Dave Fraley Richard Patient

changed from 12 to 13 Change for clarification only. No actual change to network parameters Changed from 12 to 16

Richard Patient Richard Patient

changed from -107 to -105 Downlink DTX value changed from Y to N in PAFile sheet

Richard Patient Dave Fraley Dave Fraley Dave Fraley Kevin Priestley Kevin Priestley Kevin Priestley Kevin Priestley Kevin Priestley

Errors found in names and clarification as names identical Changed from -95dBm to -100dBm Hopping & optRxlev HothresholdsLevDL from -92dBm to -100dBm, PBGTs & Rxlevmincell as per PCF15_02 changed from -105 to -103

Enhanced Rapid Field Drop

Kevin Priestley Kevin Priestley Kevin Priestley BTSLoadInfoCheckTimer will default to 20s without patch file. For S9 this is function set to 10s within the UTP file.

Kevin Priestley All Cell types: hoThresholdsLevDL changed from -92 to -110 and hoThresholdsLevUL changed from -100 to -110. Exception is EGSM macro hoThresholdsLevDL changed from -100 to -110 and hoThresholdsLevUL changed from -103 to -110.

Kevin Priestley Kevin Priestley

Neil McDonald Kevin Priestley Kevin Priestley Kevin Priestley Kevin Priestley Kevin Priestley Value is Y or N. Y = Nokia & O2 UK default, BUT DE21 (2nd Gen) equipment does not support the Dual/Half Rate functionality

Kevin Priestley

Kevin Priestley

Kevin Priestley

Kevin Priestley

FRL & FRU were previously set to 20 (80% utilised) and 30 (70% utilised) respectively. The proposed values for the thresholds, when Dual Rate is enabled, are FRL = 15 (85% utilisation) & FRU = 25 (75% utilisation). When disabled at BTS (Cell) level FRU = 0 (100% utilisation).

Kevin Priestley

Kevin Priestley pcLowerThresholdsLevDL -95 (900) & -98 (1800), pcLowerThresholdsLevUL -95 (900) & -98 (1800), pcUpperThresholdsLevDL -81 (900) & -84 (1800), pcUpperThresholdsLevUL -81 (900) & -84 (1800).

Kevin Priestley Kevin Priestley Dave Fraley Dave Fraley

SPLIT_PG_CYCLE added to BTS paging group

Kevin Priestley Kevin Priestley Kevin Priestley 1800 cells upper & lower thresholds modified from -84 to -81 and -98 to -95 respectively. Rxlevaccessmin for all cell types changed from -103dBm to 105dBm.

Kevin Priestley

Kevin Priestley Kevin Priestley Kevin Priestley Kevin Priestley Kevin Priestley Kevin Priestley Kevin Priestley

DL adaption probability threshold (DLA) from 10% to 20% Current range for Dedicated GPRS Timeslots is 0 to 2 inclusive. T17 changed from 4s to 10s. T18 changed from 12s to 20s

Kevin Priestley

GFDD from 0 to N FDM from -20 to -15 then to -13 GFDM from -20 to -15 then to -13 FDMR from 2 to 0 LTSC from 80 to 100 LTNT from 0 to 100 UAWS from 6 to 10 UNOZ from 5 to 2 FDD confirmed to be N from 10s back to 6s TGB_RESET from 012C (300ms) to 2EEO (12000ms) DEDICATED_GPRS_TIMES(CDED) lockable range extended to 0, 1, 2, 3 (was 0, 1, 2) to support requirements for video streaming Periodic MS location update (PER) increased from 2 hrs to 3 hrs following paging trials

Kevin Priestley Neil McDonald

Bob White Bob White

numberOfSlotsSpreadTrans (SLO) reduced from 50 to 14 following trial during Dec 2004-Jan2005. See Trial Report UKRE/05/004 Bob White Following removal of last Motorola BSC and rollout of Ericsson R10, MSCR set to 1 indicates the MSCs are R99 or later via SI3 Bob White Following removal of last Motorola BSC, SGSNR set to 1 indicates the SGSNs are R99 or later via SI13 Bob White Following consultation, the value in this spreadsheet has been changed to 22 seconds to reflect network setting Bob White Parameter changed to N following root cause analysis as part of the Spring 2005 MPD improvement programme. Bob White Following successful network trial DRX_TIMER_MAX parameter Dave Sanderson change has been approved by TCQF. Reference: UKRE05_061. Parameter unit corrected. Discrepancy identified by Dave Sanderson Dave Sanderson while updates for BS11.5 were being completed. Parameter set to "20S" and unit corrected. Discrepancy identified by Dave Sanderson Dave Sanderson while updates for BS11.5 were being completed. Parameter setting corrected to "2". Discrepancy identified by Dave Dave Sanderson Sanderson while updates for BS11.5 were being completed. Value rolled back following GPRS performance problems. Now awaiting BSS11.5 rollout before any further changes are considered Following its acceptance by TSG, a separate worksheet has been added, detailing the O2 default settings for Transcoders Under the recommendations of UKRE/06/003 Wide Area RACH Repetition Parameter Trial Report (January 2006), these parameters are now optimisable to help cope with special events. Radio Engineering Bulletin REB042 also refers.

Bob White Bob White Bob White Bob White

Bob White

Value in spreadsheet set to 2, to match the value in the network. This was set to 2 in order to help detect uplink interfence issues. Bob White Feb2006

Bob White

See Embedded comment.

GPRS Power Control Parameters for 1800 cells aligned with 900/EGSM cell settings. Effectively disables GPRS UL Power Control. Refer to UKRE_05_114

Bob White

Bob White

Bob White Bob White

AMR HR Parameters modified to disable AMR Half Rate operation. This is a temporary measure to allow rollout of AMR to commence and will be reversed once all BTS types receive upcoming software upgrades to correct current problems with AMR HR operation. See COMMENT BS_CV_MAX returned to value = 6 to correct error in spreadsheet issue 100030 Alarm limit for SDCCH availability (ALSDC) reduced to 15% (from 20%). See embedded comment Re-implementation of DRX_TIMER_MAX parameter change in line with UKRE_05_061.

Bob White

Bob White

Bob White Bob White

Bob White

Details of relevant parameters- BTS: FRC, FRH1, FRH2, FRH3, ICMI(FRI), FRS, FRT1, FRT2, FRT3, HRC, HRH1, HRH2, HRH3, ICMI(HRI), HRS, HRT1, HRT2, HRT3, ARLT. ADJ: DADLA. HOC: IHRF, IHRH, BCIF, BCIH, GCIF, GCIH, QDRH, QDRF, QURF, QURH. POC: LDRF, LDRH, LURF, LURH, UDRF, UDRH, UURF, UURH. HRI changed from value 4 to new value of 1 following I&T testing and live testing during Dec 2006 in BSCs 303 and 332. Minimises circuit pool switching due to AMR radioLinkTimeout (RLT) increased to 12 seconds (24 SACCH frames). See UKRE_06_057 dr threshold (DRT) adjusted to -47 dBm for capacity macrocells and 107 dBm for co-aligned PGSM macrocells. See UKRE_07_043. FddQMin (FDM) and GPRSFddQMin (GFDM) adjusted to -10 dB to optimise 3G>2G reselection - see UKRE_07_027. Details of existing UTP Patch MCMU-0 FILE N:O 05AC006A RECORD N:O 00000003 added. BTS Parameter cellReselectHysteresis (HYS) changed to 8 dB (from 6 dB) for all cell types except 900_Pico and 1800_Pico, which both remain at 12 dB, following a trial in July 2007. See UKRE/07/046.

Bob White

Bob White

BTS Parameters eGPRSEnabled (EGENA) set to Y for BTSs running EDGE. egprsLinkAdaptEnabled (ELA) set to 2 for all cell types. Stats measurement sets p_nbsc_coding_scheme and p_nbsc_dynamic_abis enabled to support EDGE rollout. Dual Rate parameter btsSpLoadDepTCHRate (FRL) changed to 5% (previously 15%)and btsSpLoadDepTCHRate (FRU) changed to 15% (previously 25%). Refer to UKRE07054 Gb Flow Control Parameters FC_R_DIF_TRG_LIMIT, FC_MS_R_DEF 10000, FC_MS_R_DEF_EGPRS, FC_MS_R_MIN, FC_MS_B_MAX_DEF, FC_MS_B_MAX_DEF_EGPRS, FC_R_TSL, FC_R_TSL_EGPRS, FC_B_MAX_TSL and FC_B_MAX_TSL_EGPRS all optimised for EDGE in line with Nokia TN819. NOTE: The PR File now contains TWO variants for each parameter - one for Ericsson and the other for Nortel SGSNs , ALSO: AMR Radio Link Timer (ARLT) changed to 32 SACCH frames (from 24 SACCH Frames).

Bob White Bob White Bob White Bob White Bob White Bob White

See Embedded comment.

Prevents unwanted 2G>3G ISHO attempts (Optimised following ATS investigation) Default and Optional Counters tabs updated See Embedded Comment .. Duplicated/corrupted line in Enabled Counters tab corrected To overcome common control channel congestion in London, a modified parameter set for idle mode parameters on capacity layer cells has been developed. See Datasheet 0263 and the Current Lockable Parameters tab in this workbook. Also, DL TBF Release Delay PRFILE Parameter 046:0067 is changed to 2 seconds (from 1 second) and UL TBF Release Delay PRFILE Parameter 046:0068 is changed to 2 seconds (from 0.5 seconds)

Bob White

There are new and changed parameters on the 900/1800 Generic Parameters tab. Columns AF and AG can be used to filter these as required. A separate tab at the end of the workbook lists BSS13 parameters removed in RG10. Licence Key information has been updated In addition, the following BTS parameters have been modified: Alarm limit for SDCCH availability (ALSDC): Reduced from 15% to 10% UL coding scheme in acknowledged mode (UCSA): Now set to 1 for PCU1, 4 for PCU2 UL coding scheme in unacknowledged mode (UCSU): Now set to 1 for PCU1, 4 for PCU2 DL coding scheme in acknowledged mode (DCSA): Now set to 1 for PCU1, 4 for PCU2 DL coding scheme in unacknowledged mode (DCSU): Now set to 1 for PCU1, 4 for PCU2

Bob White

The following BSC parameters have been added: BACKGROUND TC SCHEDULING WEIGHT FOR ARP 1 ........(BGSW1): Set to value 20 (GUI=Internal) BACKGROUND TC SCHEDULING WEIGHT FOR ARP 2 ........(BGSW2): Set to value 10 (GUI=Internal) BACKGROUND TC SCHEDULING WEIGHT FOR ARP 3 ........(BGSW3): Set to value 5 (GUI=Internal) Licence Keys updated to include Coordinated paging in BSC as a standard feature with PCU2. Gb over IP Counter Table added to default Counter Tables list being rolled out as part of Gb over IP migration.

Bob White

Bob White

Values for PCU_TELECOM_PARAMETERS DL_TBF_RELEASE_DELAY and UL_TBF_RELEASE_DELAY added Values for PCU_TELECOM_PARAMETERS DL_TBF_RELEASE_DELAY and UL_TBF_RELEASE_DELAY both corrected to 2000ms (07d0 h) Values for the BTS parameters DL CODING SCHEME IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE (DCSA) UL CODING SCHEME IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE (UCSA) DL CODING SCHEME IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE (DCSU) UL CODING SCHEME IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE (UCSU) changed from 4 (LA with initial CS1) to 5 (LA with initial CS2)

Bob White

Bob White

Bob White

FIFILE: Class 2 Parameter 0899 EXT_UTBF_USAGE set to ACTIVATED (Enabled) PR FILE: The following Class 46 Parameters have been modified: 00072 UL_TBF_SCHED_RATE_EXT: New Value: 0013 00085 POLLING_INTERVAL_STRM: New Value: 0013 00086 POLLING_INTERVAL_IA: New Value: 0013 00087 POLLING_INTERVAL_BG: New Value: 0013 00113 POLLING_INTERVAL_BG_LOW: New Value: 0013 00114 POLLING_INTERVAL_IA_LOW: New Value: 0013 00115 POLLING_INTERVAL_ST_LOW: New Value: 0013 Licence Keys: The following keys have been added Smart Resource Adaptation (SRA). Space Time Interference Rejection Combining (STIRC). Robust AMR Signalling: FACCH and SACCH repetition, FACCH repetition for AMR FR,FACCH repetition for AMR HR,FACCH Power Increment, AMR Signalling Measurement. BTS Parameter: STIRCEnabled set to Y for all cell types but only if the BTS uses EDGE capable TRxs. Additional Tab: A register to record default Blocked Alarms has been added.

BSC Parameters: starting moment for supervision of BTS (SMBNT) Bob White/Howard set to 08-00 hrs and ending moment for supervision of BTS (EMBNT) set to 20-00 hrs Aldridge

Date Implemented

0 3 4

4/9/2000

from 20/4/00 on

5/6/2004

6/17/2004

9/1/2004

1/26/2005 2/21/2005 2/23/2005 2/23/2005

4/18/2008
6/19/2008

2/20/2009 2/20/2009 12/11/2009

9/3/2010

2/18/2011

6/13/2011

15/06/2011

08/08/2011

05/10/2011

02/12/2011

24/05/2012

Parameter Change Requests

To request a change of parameter value, make a copy of the form embedded below, complete the required information an

Parameter Change Request Form.doc

dded below, complete the required information and email to:

Bob White

(bob.white@o2.com)

BSC
OBJECT EXPLANATION
BSC BSC BSC penalty trigger measurement period (PTMP) triggering threshold for service area penalty (TTSAP) initial AMR channel rate (IAC)

BSC

Initial AMR codec type (IACT)

BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC

AMR configuration in handovers (ACH) AMR set grades enabled (ASG) slow AMR LA enabled (SAL) GSM macrocell threshold (GMAC) GSM microcell threshold (GMIC) disable external DR (DEXDR) Reconfigures free TCHs to SDCCH/8 on SDCCH congestion DL high priority SSS (DHP) DL low priority SSS (DLP) DL normal priority SSS (DNP) UL priority 1 SSS (UP1) UL priority 2 SSS (UP2) UL priority 3 SSS (UP3) UL priority 4 SSS (UP4) enable emergency call on FACCH (EEF)

BSC

enable ordinary calls on FACCH (EOF)

BSC

enable call re-establishment on FACCH (ERF)

BSC BSC

enable answer to paging call on FACCH (EPF) free TSL for CS downgrade (CSD)

BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC

free TSL for CS upgrade (CSU) maximum number of DL TBF (MNDL) maximum number of UL TBF (MNUL) GPRS Territory Update Guard Time (GTUGT) CS TCH allocate RTSL0 (CTR) PFC ack BLER limit for transfer delay 1 (ABL1) QC NCCR action trigger threshold (QCATN) QC reallocation action trigger threshold (QCATR) Background traffic class scheduling weight for ARP 1 (BGSW1) Background traffic class scheduling weight for ARP 2 (BGSW2) Background traffic class scheduling weight for ARP 3 (BGSW3) CS TCH allocation calculation (CTC) Upper limit for FR TCH resources (HRU) Ho Preference order Interference DL (HDL) Ho Preference order Interference UL (HUL) Priority level (PR) service area penalty time (SAPT) WCDMA FDD NCCR enabled (WFNE) WCDMA FDD NCCR preferred (WFNP) upper limit of MS speed class 1 (MSSCF) upper limit of ms speed class 2 (MSSCS) disable internal ho (DINHO) NACC enabled (NACC) NCCR control mode (NCM) NCCR idle mode reporting period (NIRP) NCCR neighbor cell penalty (NNCP) NCCR return to old cell time (NOCT) NCCR target cell penalty time (NTPT) NCCR transfer mode reporting period (NTRP) (ST)

BSC

BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC

BSC

TCH in handover (HRI)

BSC BSC BSC BSC

Lower limit for FR TCH resources (HRL) Number of Ignored Transcoder Failures (ITCF) (BSC PATCH) AMH upper load threshold (AUT)

BSC BSC

AMH max load of target cell (AML) TRHO guard time (TGT)

BSC

AMH lower load threshold (ALT)

BSC

(BSC PATCH)

BSC

DCS macrocell threshold (DMAC)

BSC

DCS microcell threshold (DMIC)

BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC

FEP in PC HO use (FPHO) Number of preferred cells (NPC) pre-emption usage in handover (PRE) MS distance behaviour (DISB) RX level balance (RXBAL)

BSC

Load rate for channel search (CLR)

BSC BSC

Variable DL step size (VDLS) BCSU load threshold (BCSUL)

BSC

ending moment for supervision of BTS (EMBNT)

BSC

starting moment for supervision of BTS (SMBNT)

BSC

intra segment SDCCH HO guard (ISS)

BSC

LAPD load threshold (LAPDL)

BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC

maximum mean holding time for SDCCHs (MAXHTS) maximum mean holding time for TCHs (MAXHTT) measurement period for high TCH interference supervision (PRDHIF) measurement period for SDCCH mean holding time supervision (PRDMHS) measurement period for supervision of BTS with no transactions (PRDBNT) measurement period for supervision of channel failure rate (PRDCFR) measurement period for supervision of congestion in BTS (PRDCNG) measurement period for TCH mean holding time supervision (PRDMHT) minimum mean holding time for TCHs (MINHTT) RX antenna supervision period (RXANT) subscriber type (ST) threshold for high TCH interference level (HIFLVL) delay of HO and PC for emergency calls (DEC)

BSC

RX level based TCH access (RXTA)

BSC

BTS site battery backup forced HO timer (TIM)

BSC BSC BSC

alarm limit for SDCCH availability (ALSDC) CS Load Balancing Value (CS)

CS NRI Length (CS NRI)

BSC

CS NRI List

BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC

CN-ID Default Signalling Point Code MCC MNC NRI List 1 NRI List 2 NRI List 3 NRI List 4 NRI List 5 NRI List 6 NRI List 7 NRI List 8

BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC

NRI List 9 NRI List 10 Signalling Point Code (SPC) DTM Fragmentation Penalty (DFP) EGPRS Inactivity Criteria (EGIC) Events Per Hour For EGPRS Inactivity Alarm (IEPH)

BSC

Internal Handover To External (IHTA) ISHO Preferred For Non-DTM MS IPND)

BSC BSC
Maximum TCH Transaction Rate (MTTR)

BSC

Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 0 With 2 UL TSL (BL02)

BSC

Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 0 With 3 UL TSL (BL03)

BSC

Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 0 With 4 UL TSL (BL04)

BSC

Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 1 With 2 UL TSL (BL12)

BSC

Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 1 With 3 UL TSL (BL13)

BSC

Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 1 With 4 UL TSL (BL14)

BSC

Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 2 With 3 UL TSL (BL23)

BSC

Mean BEP Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 2 With 4 UL TSL (BL24)

BSC BSC

RNW Configuration Identification (RNW ID)

RNW Fallback Configuration Identification (FB ID)

BSC
RNW Plan Configuration Identification (PLAN ID)

BSC

RNW Plan Database State (PLAN DB STATE) RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 0 With 2 UL TSL (RL02)

BSC

BSC

RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 0 With 3 UL TSL (RL03)

BSC

RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 0 With 4 UL TSL (RL04)

BSC

RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 1 With 2 UL TSL (RL12)

BSC

RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 1 With 3 UL TSL (RL13)

BSC

RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 1 With 4 UL TSL (RL14)

BSC

RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 2 With 3 UL TSL (RL23)

BSC

RX Quality Limit MS Multislot Pwr Prof 2 With 4 UL TSL (RL24)

BSC

SAIC DL C/I Offset (SCIO) DFCA C/I Target GPRS (CIGP)

BSC

BSC

DFCA C/I Target SDCCH (CISD)

BSC

Soft Blocking C/I GPRS (SBGP)

BSC BSC

Supervision Period Length for EGPRS Inactivity Alarm (SPL)

TCH Transaction Count (TTRC)

BSC CS MSC State (STATE) BSC BSC CS Null-NRI (NULLNRI) CS Weight Factor (WEIGHT)

BSC AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 1 (LDF1) BSC AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 2 (LDF2) BSC AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 3 (LDF3) BSC AMR PPC DL FR Lower Threshold 4 (LDF4) BSC AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 1 (UDF1) BSC AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 2 (UDF2) BSC AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 3 (UDF3) BSC AMR PPC DL FR Upper Threshold 4 (UDF4) BSC AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 1 (LDH1) BSC AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 2 (LDH2) BSC AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 3 (LDH3) BSC AMR PPC DL HR Lower Threshold 4 (LDH4) BSC AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 1 (UDH1) BSC AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 2(UDH2)

BSC AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 3 (UDH3) BSC AMR PPC DL HR Upper Threshold 4 (UDH4) BSC AMR PPC UL FR Lower ThreshoLU 1 (LUF1) BSC AMR PPC UL FR Lower ThreshoLU 2 (LUF2) BSC AMR PPC UL FR Lower ThreshoLU 3 (LUF3) BSC AMR PPC UL FR Lower ThreshoLU 4 (LUF4) BSC AMR PPC UL FR Upper ThreshoUU 1 (UUF1) BSC AMR PPC UL FR Upper ThreshoUU 2 (UUF2) BSC AMR PPC UL FR Upper ThreshoUU 3 (UUF3) BSC AMR PPC UL FR Upper ThreshoUU 4 (UUF4) BSC AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 1 (LUH1) BSC AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 2 (LUH2) BSC AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 3 (LUH3) BSC AMR PPC UL HR Lower Threshold 4 (LUH4)

BSC AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 1 (UUH1) BSC AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 2 (UUH2) BSC AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 3 (UUH3) BSC AMR PPC UL HR Upper Threshold 4 (UUH4) BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC DLDC offset for PCU2-E selection (DOP) BSC BSC SACCH Repeat Window (SRW)

CS Forced Mode (FCDMODE) CS NAS Node Method (NASMETHOD) Forced Release Priority Threshold (FRPT) PSE PCU Selection Algorithm Threshold (PSAT) PSE Overload Alarm Threshold (POAT)

DTRX Power Down Supervision Period (PWDPRD) BSC DFCA Soft Blocking C/I SDCCH (SBSD)

Q3 NAME
triggerMeasPeriod incomeRateThreshold initAmrChannelRate

From
2 0 1

initialAMRCodecType

amrConfInHandovers amrSetGradesEnabl slowAmrLaEnabled gsmMacrocellThreshold gsmMicrocellThreshold disableExtDr dynamicsdcch schedulingStepSize schedulingStepSize schedulingStepSize schedulingStepSize schedulingStepSize schedulingStepSize schedulingStepSize emerCallOnFacch

1 Y Y 5 5 Yes 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Y

ordinaryCallOnFacch

reestablishOnFacch

pagingAnsOnFacch freeTSLsCsDowngrade

Y 0

freeTSLsCsUpgrade pcuMaxNoDLtbfInCH pcuMaxNoULtbfInCH TerrUpdateGuardTimeGPRS rtsl0PrefInTCHAlloc pfcAckBlerLimit :: notAvailable qcActionTriggerThr :: nccr qcActionTriggerThr :: realloca schedulingWeight_backgroundARP1

0 1 1 1 Y 0 0 0 1

schedulingWeight_backgroundARP2

schedulingWeight_backgroundARP3 gprsTerritoryCalc btsLoadDepTCHRate hoPreferenceOrderInterfDL hoPreferenceOrderInterfUL pieToSubscriber wcdmaRanSaiPenalty wcdmaFddNccrEnabled wcdmaFddNccrPreferred msSpeedC12 msSpeedC12 disableIntHo naccUsage NccrControlMode nccrIdleModeRepPeriod nccrNeighborCellPenalty nccrReturnOldCellTime NccrTargetCellPenalty nccrTraModeRepPeriod subscriber type

0 INTER INTER 1 0

0 0 Y

1 5 5 0

tchRateInternalHO

btsLoadDepTCHRate callReleaseLimit SPLIT_PG_CYCLE AmhUpperLoadThreshold

0 0 Enabled 0

AmhMaxLoadofTgtCell AmhTrhoGuardTime

0 0

amhLowerLoadThreshold

BTSLoadInfoCheckTimer (UTP file ref 01B4 0000)

dcsMacrocellThreshold

dcsMicrocellThreshold

fepInPcHoUse genHandoverRequestMessage preemptionUsageInHO msDistanceBehaviour rxLevBalance

Y 1 Y 0 0

loadRateForChannelSearch

variableDLStepUse bcsuLoadThr

nokBtsOff

00-00

nokBtsOn

00-00

intraSegSdcchGuard

lapdLoadThr

maxHldSdcch maxHldTch prdHighIf measPrdSdcch prdNokBts measPrdFail measPrdCh measTchMhold minHldTch rxAntSupPer minHiIf delayHoPcEmergencyCalls 0 5

rxLevelBasedTchAccess

batteryBackupTimer

sdcchAlLimit csLoadBalancingValue

0 0 0

csNriLength

csNriList cnId defaultSignallingPointCode mcc mnc nriList1 nriList2 nriList3 nriList4 nriList5 nriList6 nriList7 nriList8 nriList9 nriList10 signallingPointCode dtmFragmentationPenalty inactCriteria inactEventsPerHour

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

internalHoToExternal ishoPreferredForNonDtmMs

0 Y

maxTchTransactionRate

BepLimitUL_Prof0_2tsl

BepLimitUL_Prof0_3tsl

BepLimitUL_Prof0_4tsl

BepLimitUL_Prof1_2tsl

BepLimitUL_Prof1_3tsl

BepLimitUL_Prof1_4tsl

BepLimitUL_Prof2_3tsl

BepLimitUL_Prof2_4tsl

rnwConfId rnwFallbackConfId

1 1

rnwPlanConfId

rnwPlanDatabaseState

rxqualLimitUL_Prof0_2tsl

rxqualLimitUL_Prof0_3tsl

rxqualLimitUL_Prof0_4tsl

rxqualLimitUL_Prof1_2tsl

rxqualLimitUL_Prof1_3tsl

rxqualLimitUL_Prof1_4tsl

rxqualLimitUL_Prof2_3tsl

rxqualLimitUL_Prof2_4tsl

saicDlCIOffset dfcaCiTargetGPRS

dfcaCiTargetSDCCH

dfcaSoftBlockingCiGPRS

-20

supervisionPeriod
tchTransactionCount

15

csMSCState csNullNri csWeightFactor 0 1

0 amrPpcDlFrLowerThreshold1 0 amrPpcDlFrLowerThreshold2 0 amrPpcDlFrLowerThreshold3 0 amrPpcDlFrLowerThreshold4 0 amrPpcDlFrUpperThreshold1 0 amrPpcDlFrUpperThreshold2 0 amrPpcDlFrUpperThreshold3 0 amrPpcDlFrUpperThreshold4 0 amrPpcDlHrLowerThreshold1 0 amrPpcDlHrLowerThreshold2 0 amrPpcDlHrLowerThreshold3 0 amrPpcDlHrLowerThreshold1 0 amrPpcDlHrUpperThreshold1 0 amrPpcDlHrUpperThreshold2

0 amrPpcDlHrUpperThreshold3 0 amrPpcDlHrUpperThreshold4 0 amrPpcUlFrLowerThreshold1 0 amrPpcUlFrLowerThreshold2 0 amrPpcUlFrLowerThreshold3 0 amrPpcUlFrLowerThreshold4 0 amrPpcUlFrUpperThreshold1 0 amrPpcUlFrUpperThreshold2 0 amrPpcUlFrUpperThreshold3 0 amrPpcUlFrUpperThreshold4 0 amrPpcUlHrLowerThreshold1 0 amrPpcUlHrLowerThreshold2 0 amrPpcUlHrLowerThreshold3 0 amrPpcUlHrLowerThreshold4

0 amrPpcUlHrUpperThreshold1 0 amrPpcUlHrUpperThreshold2 0 amrPpcUlHrUpperThreshold3 0 amrPpcUlHrUpperThreshold4 0 1 1 20 20 0 dldcOffsefPcu2e sacchRepeatWindow 1

csForcedMode csNasNodeMethod fcdRelPriThres pcuSelectionThresh pseOverlAlarmThresh

dtrxPowerDownSupervisionPeriod

dfcaSoftBlockingCiSDCCH

-20

RANGE
Steps of 2 Any rate (1), AMR FR (2)

To
254 or N 255 2

or or or ... ... / to to to to to to to /

2 N N 39 39 No 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 N

/ to

N 100

to to to to see comment Step 1

10 9 7 255 N 100 1000 1000 100

Step 1

100

Step 1 see comment ... / / see comment see comment / N = disabled / Y = enabled see comment see comment see comment

100

100 INTRA INTRA 14 255

255 255 N

60 20 60 2

..

...

100 OR N 5

Disabled 100

100 120

100 OR N

...

36/32

...

36/32

or ... or ...

N 16 N 60, 255 20

Step 1

100

00-01 ( 1 minute steps)

23-59

00-01 ( 1 minute steps)

23-59

Step 1

1440

to

with 1s steps

16

see comment

500

100 see comment Step size 1 - see comment 2 10

Step size 1 or Step 1 - See comment Step 1 - See comment Step 1 - See comment Step 1 - See comment Step 1 - See comment Step 1 - See comment Step 1 - See comment Step 1 - See comment Step 1 - See comment Step 1 - See comment Step 1 Step 0.1 See COMMENT Step 1 SEE COMMENT Step 1

4095 1 999 999 1023 1023 1023 1023 1023 1023 1023 1023 1023 1023 16777215 1 3 255

Step 1 SEE COMMENT

3 N

Step 1

1000

Step 1

31

Step 1

31

Step 1

31

Step 1

31

Step 1

31

Step 1

31

Step 1

31

Step 1

31

Step 1 Step 1

2147483647 2147483647

Step 1

2147483647

Step 1 SEE COMMENT

15

Step 1

Step 1

Step 1

Step 1

Step 1

Step 1

Step 1

Step 1

Step 1

63

Step 1

63

Step 2

63

Step 1

43

Step 1

1440

Step 1 WO-EX (0), BAL-US (1), BAR-US (2)

100

Step 1 (See COMMENT) Step 1 (See COMMENT)

1023 100

Step 2 (See COMMENT)

30

Step 2 (See COMMENT)

30

Step 2 (See COMMENT)

30

Step 2 (See COMMENT)

30

Step 2 (See COMMENT)

30

Step 2 (See COMMENT)

30

Step 2 (See COMMENT)

30

Step 2 (See COMMENT)

30

Step 2 (See COMMENT)

30

Step 2 (See COMMENT)

30

Step 2 (See COMMENT)

30

Step 2 (See COMMENT)

30

Step 2 (See COMMENT)

30

Step 2 (See COMMENT)

30

Step 2 (See COMMENT)

30

Step 2 (See COMMENT)

30

Step 2 (See COMMENT)

30

Step 2 (See COMMENT)

30

Step 2 (See COMMENT)

30

Step 2 (See COMMENT)

30

Step 2 (See COMMENT)

30

Step 2 (See COMMENT)

30

Step 2 (See COMMENT)

30

Step 2 (See COMMENT)

30

Step 2 (See COMMENT)

30

Step 2 (See COMMENT)

30

Step 2 (See COMMENT)

30

Step 2 (See COMMENT)

30

Step 2 (See COMMENT)

30

Step 2 (See COMMENT)

30

Step 2 (See COMMENT)

30

Step 2 (See COMMENT)

30

normal NRI based traffic routing (0), NAS Node function is used for all traffic (1) or Step 1 Step 1 Step 1 Step 1

1 1 14 95 100 80

Step 1 SEE COMMENT

15

Step 1

60

Step 1

43

UNIT
Sec Sec -

REC.

MMl

MML O2 Default
EE EE 128 127 1

EE

EE

1 N N

EE EE EE EE EE EQ EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE

1 N N 35 33 N Y 3 12 6 3 6 12 9 Y

dBm dBm -

35 33 No 3 12 6 3 6 12 9 N

EE

EE

N 95

EE EE

Y 95

secs TBF TBF secs % -

4 9 7 5 N 90 100 25 20

EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE

4 9 7 5 N 90 100 25 20

10

EE

10

5 % 0 0 INTER INTER 127 N Y Sec Sec Sec Sec 10 30 N N 0 3 6 10 10 0 -

EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE

5 0 0 inter inter Optional Feature 127 N Y 10 30 N N 0 3 6 10 10 0 0

. -

Sec -

EE

100

EE EE EQ

100 5 Enabled 75

% sec

EQ EE

59 20

EQ

20

sec

10

dBm

50

26

EE

26

dBm

50

24

EE

24

N 3 Y sec. dB 255 5

EE EE EE EE EE

N 1 Y 255 5

100

EE

100

N 150

hrs-mins

18-00

EE

20-00

hrs-mins

08-00

EE

08-00

255

150

30 120 120 60 minutes 120 EEN 120 60 120 240 6 65535 0 4 Sec 5s EE 5s

EE

EE

sec

EE

30

50 0 0

EE E7 E7

10 0 0

0 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 0.5 0 10

E7 E7 E7 E7 E7 E7 E7 E7 E7 E7 E7 E7 E7 E7 E7 EE EE EE

0 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 0.5 3 10

0 N

EE EE

0 N

50

EE

50

dB

21

EE

21

dB

26

EE

26

dB

30

EE

30

dB

20

EE

20

dB

25

EE

25

dB

30

EE

30

dB

24

EE

24

dB

29

EE

29

EE EE

EE

EE

dB

EE

dB

EE

dB

EE

dB

EE

dB

EE

dB

EE

dB

EE

dB

EE

dB

EE

dB

20

EE

20

dB

14

EE

14

dB

-20

EE

-20

mins

15

EE

60

10 WO-EX(0)

EE E7

10 WO-EX (0)

65535 255

E7 E7

65535 255

dB

30

EE

255

dB

18

EE

255

dB

EE

255

dB

EE

255

dB

30

EE

255

dB

18

EE

255

dB

EE

255

dB

EE

255

dB

30

EE

255

dB

18

EE

255

dB

EE

255

dB

EE

255

dB

30

EE

255

dB

18

EE

255

dB

EE

255

dB

EE

255

dB

30

EE

255

dB

18

EE

255

dB

EE

255

dB

EE

255

dB

30

EE

255

dB

18

EE

255

dB

EE

255

dB

EE

255

dB

30

EE

255

dB

18

EE

255

dB

EE

255

dB

EE

255

dB

30

EE

255

dB

18

EE

255

dB

EE

255

dB

EE

255

0 0 1 65 75 0

E7 E7 EE EE EE EE

0 0 1 65 75 0

SACCH frames

EE

minutes

10 EE

10

dB

-20 EE

-20

Comments OPTIONAL (Inter-System Handover) OPTIONAL (Inter-System Handover) AMR. 1 = any Rate, there are no extra requirements by the parameter and the chosen channel rate is defined by taking into account the currently used information for channel allocation, 2 = AMR FR is allocated despite of the values of the currently used information for channel allocation AMR. With this parameter you define the order of preference between WB-AMR and AMR for mobile originating call. Third choice is MSS codec list. Default value means that the most preferred codec in MSS codec list is selected when call (or connection) is established. AMR. 1 = the currently used multirate configuration is preferred in further channel allocations, 2 = the multirate configuration of target BTS is preferred in further channel allocations AMR: Y = downgrades and upgrades are applied N = downgrades and upgrades are not applied AMR Y = slow Link Adaptation N = fast link adaptation With this parameter you define the macrocell size by means of the maximum transmission power of the MS in a GSM cell. If you set the parameter value at 5 dBm, the division of cells into macrocells and microcells is not in use. With this parameter you define the microcell size by means of the maximum transmission power of the MS in a GSM cell. If you set the parameter value at 39 dBm, the division of cells into macrocells and microcells is not in use. Y = disable external directed retry handovers), N=enable external directed retry handovers With this parameter you define the scheduling step size (SSS) for the high priority level in the downlink direction. With this parameter you define the scheduling step size (SSS) for the low priority level in the downlink direction. With this parameter you define the scheduling step size (SSS) for the normal priority level in the downlink direction. Requires EGPRS Requires EGPRS Requires EGPRS Requires EGPRS With this parameter you enable or disable the emergency call setup on FACCH. Note: Emergency call setup on FACCH is only possible in those cells in which emergency calls are not restricted (the EQF command, parameter EC). FACCH call setup is only possible when SDCCH congestion occurs. With this parameter you enable or disable the ordinary call setup on FACCH. FACCH call setup is only possible when SDCCH congestion occurs. With this parameter you enable or disable the call reestablishment setup on FACCH. FACCH call setup is only possible when SDCCCH congestion occurs. NOTE: Call re-establishment setup on FACCH is only possible in those cells in which call re-establishment is allowed (the EQF command, parameter RE.) You can set the FACCH call setup feature ON or OFF in PRFILE. With this parameter you enable or disable an answer to the paging call setup on FACCH. FACCH call setup is only possible when SDCCH congestion occurs. GPRS - JW says 1%. One timeslot buffer as with Motorola. JB (&GG) suggest go with Nokia default

GPRS - JW says 1 second. One second of idle TCH. JB (&GG) suggest go with Nokia default GPRS - Current Setting GPRS - Current Setting GPRS - JW says take Nokia's recommendation. With this parameter you set the timer which must elapse between two subsequent territory updates OPTIONAL (GPRS) OPTIONAL (GPRS) OPTIONAL (GPRS) OPTIONAL (GPRS) With this parameter you define the scheduling weight for proportion of residual bandwidth allocation and retention priority value 1 for background traffic class. With this parameter you define the scheduling weight for proportion of residual bandwidth allocation and retention priority value 2 for background traffic class. With this parameter you define the scheduling weight for proportion of residual bandwidth allocation and retention priority value 3 for background traffic class. OPTIONAL (GPRS AND (Half Rate OR AMR_HR)) BSS 9) See embedded comment. With this parameter you define the order of preference between intra-cell and inter-cell handovers when the cause of the handover is downlink interference. With this parameter you define the order of preference between intra-cell and inter-cell handovers when the cause of the handover is uplink interference. With this parameter you define the priority level to which a certain subscriber type is to be attached OPTIONAL (Inter-System Handover) OPTIONAL (Inter-System Handover AND Inter-System Network-Controlled Cell Re-selection AND NetworkControlled Cell Re-selection) OPTIONAL (Inter-System Handover AND Inter-System Network-Controlled Cell Re-selection AND NetworkControlled Cell Re-selection) With this parameter you define the upper limit of MS speed for the first class in MS speed measurement. One parameter step equals the speed of 2 km/h. With this parameter you define the upper limit of MS speed for the second class in MS speed measurement. One parameter step equals the speed of 2 km/h. Y=all handovers are controlled by the MSC, N =all handovers are not controlled by the MSC OPTIONAL (Network-Assisted Cell Change) OPTIONAL (Network-Controlled Cell Re-selection) OPTIONAL (Network-Controlled Cell Re-selection) OPTIONAL (Network-Controlled Cell Re-selection) OPTIONAL (Network-Controlled Cell Re-selection) OPTIONAL (Network-Controlled Cell Re-selection) OPTIONAL (Network-Controlled Cell Re-selection) 1 ... The call serving type of TCH has to be primarily allocated. The call serving type of speech codec inside the call serving type of TCH can change. 2 ... The call serving type of TCH and the call serving type of speech codec are preferred to be primarily allocated during the speech connection. The channel rate change is possible during data connection, if necessary, and if the radio interface data rate allows it. 5 ... The channel rate and speech codec changes are totally denied. 4 ... The preferred channel rate of TCH and preferred speech codec have to be primarily allocated. 5 ... TCH has to be primarily allocated from the best BTS of the handover candidate list. BSS 9) See embedded comment. Currently set to a value of two on GSM900 cells & zero on GSM1800 cells. TSG request to trial increasing the value to 5. Set to a default value of 5 following wide area field trial. See PCF 2005_07 Implemented by patch rather than MMI. See embedded comment BSS 9) See embedded Comment

BSS 9) See embedded Comment BSS 9) See embedded Comment With this parameter you define the lower threshold for the load of the base station. The parameter is used to trigger advanced multilayer handling functionality with IUO and/or Dual Band/ microcell features. MML NOTE: Range: 0...100 % and N default: N Patch to UTP file to implement 10s rather than 20s default. With this parameter you define the macrocell size by means of the maximum transmission power of the MS in a GSM 1800 or GSM 1900 cell. If you set the parameter value at 0 dBm, the division of cells into macrocells and microcells is not in use. NOTE: MML value range: GSM 1800: 0...36(dBm), with 2 dBm step GSM 1900: 0...32(dBm), with 2 dBm step, and 33 (dBm) NOTE: NetAct internal value range: GSM 1800: 0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)/-2 32 dBm: 31 34 dBm: 30 36 dBm: 29 GSM 1900: 0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)/-2 32 dBm: 31 With this parameter you define the microcell size by means of the maximum transmission power of the MS in a GSM 1800 or GSM 1900 cell. If you set the parameter value at 33 dBm (GSM 1800) or 36 dBm (GSM 1900), the division of cells into macrocells and microcells is not in use. NOTE: MML value range: GSM 1800: 0...36(dBm), with 2 dBm step GSM 1900: 0...32(dBm), with 2 dBm step, and 33 (dBm) NOTE: NetAct internal value range: GSM 1800: 0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)/-2 32 dBm: 31 34 dBm: 30 36 dBm: 29 GSM 1900: 0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)/-2 32 dBm: 31 33 dBm: 30 Y = the Power Control and Handover decision-making is used, N = the Power Control and Handover decision-making is not used With this parameter you define the maximum number of preferred cell identifiers that the BSC sends to the MSC in the HANDOVER_ REQUIRED message. range Y/N 0 (release immediately), 1 (1 s to try handover, release if handover does not succeed), 60 (60 s to try handover, release if handover does not succeed), 255 (no release, only handover attempts) With this parameter you define the balance between the downlink signal level and the uplink signal level within the BSC coverage area. Value 5 dB means that the downlink signal is 5 dB stronger than the uplink signal.

With this parameter you define the general load limit for traffic channels in a cell under the BSC. If the TCH load in a cell is below the limit, the traffic channels for speech and single slot data calls are allocated using rotation between TRXs in a cell and between TSLs of a TRX. If the load limit has been reached or exceeded, the TCH allocation is performed trying to save larger spaces of idle FR resources for the possible multislot HSCSD calls by preferring small gaps of free resources and ends of a TRX for single slot calls. With this parameter you define the threshold for the proportion of rejected measurement results in all measurement results. An overload in the BCSU unit causes the rejections. If this threshold is exceeded, the BCSU unit is regarded as overloaded, and the BSC generates the relevant alarm. MML Range and Step: 0..10000 = 0..100% (step size is 0.01%). Attribute indicates the hour on which the control of BTSs with no transaction ends. MML NOTE: In MML only one parameter: ending moment for supervision of BTS Range: 00-00 .. 23-59 Default: 18-00 Attribute indicates the hour on which the control of BTSs with no transaction starts. MML NOTE: In MML only one parameter: starting moment for supervision of BTS Range: 00-00 .. 23-59 Default: 08-00 With this parameter you define the guard time for attempting an SDCCH handover from the BCCH BTS resource layer to another resource layer in a segment. With this parameter you define the threshold for the proportion of rejected measurement results in all measurement results. An overload in the telecom Abis LAPD Link causes the rejections. If this threshold is exceeded, the LAPD Link is regarded as overloaded, and the BSC generates the relevant alarm. MML Range and Step: 0..10000 = 0..100% (step size is 0.01%). With this parameter you define the maximum mean holding time for signalling channels. If the mean holding time during a measurement period is greater than or equals the maximum mean holding time, the alarm system prints out With this parameter you define the maximum mean holding time for traffic channels. If the mean holding time during a measurement period is greater than or equals the maximum mean holding time, the alarm system prints out an With this parameter you define the measurement period for the high TCH interference supervision. The parameter supervises too long mean holding times in SDCCHs. With this parameter you define the length of the measurement period. The alarms are printed out only at the end of the measurement period. With this parameter you define the measurement period for the supervision of BTSs with no transactions. The parameter supervises channel failures both in traffic channels and in SDCCHs. With this parameter you define the length of the measurement period. The alarms are printed out only at the end of the measurement period. The parameter supervises SDCCH and TCH congestion in a BTS. With this parameter you define the length of the measurement period. The alarms are printed out only at the end of the measurement period. The parameter supervises too short and too long mean holding times in traffic channels. With this parameter you define the length of the measurement period. The alarms are printed out only at the end of the measurement period. With this parameter you define the minimum mean holding time for traffic channels. If the mean holding time is below the minimum mean holding time and there have been enough calls during the measurement period (the number of seizures is greater than or equals the operatordefined threshold value), the alarm system prints out an alarm. With this parameter you define the time, in minutes, that the BTS uses for the internal RX antenna supervision. 0 (GSM subscriber type), 1 (MCN subscriber type), 2 (Priority subscriber type) With this parameter you define the interference level which is regarded as high in traffic channel interference supervision. With this parameter you can temporarily disable mobile power control and handovers in TCH for emergency calls. This enhances U-TDOA positioning accuracy.

This parameter is used to determine whether TCH access is based on downlink RX level. NOTE: MML range: 0 = RX level based TCH access is not used 1 = RX level based TCH access is used in call setup 2 = RX level based TCH access is used in call setup and in handovers The parameter defines the maximum time period during which handover is attempted in TRX. NOTE: This parameter is valid only if Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown for FlexiEDGE or Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown for MetroSite, UltraSite and Talk-family licence (according to site type) is ON/CONFIG OR the FIFILE/PRFILE option for intelligent shutdown is ON, see below for FIFILE/ PRFILE options: MetroSite: BTS_METRO_SITE_BATBU_PR - UltraSite, Flexi EDGE: BTS_ULTRA_SITE_BATBU_PR - Talk-family: BTS_SITE_BATBU_PROC_A AND BTS_SIT_BATBU_PROC With this parameter you define the alarm limit for available SDCCHs. The limit is the ratio of working SDCCHs to working TCHs in percent. The parameter is used by radio network recovery. SEE EMBEDDED COMMENT NOT IN USE. Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional).This parameter determines the load balancing technique to be used in the BSC when Multipoint A is in use. NOT IN USE. Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional).This parameter determines the length of the used NRI. The given value indicates how many bits starting from bit 25 in TMSI are used for NRI. If the value is zero, Multipoint A Interface is not in use. This parameter maps Network Resource Identifier(s) (NRI) to MSC's SPC and Global Core Network Idenfication (CNID) to MSC's SPC. A maximum of 11 NRIs can be mapped to one MSC. Each NRI identifies uniquely the address of MSC and its specific SPC. This parameter maps also cells of PLMN area(s) to MSC's SPC. A maximum of 16 PLMN areas can be mapped to one MSC. Each PLMN code identifies uniquely cells of a radio network. There is maximum 16 MSC's information in this parameter list. NOTE: Restrictions/Instructions: Only one Default Signalling Point Code parameter can have value TRUE at a same time in CS NRI List (others must be set as FALSE). If CS NRI List parameter is added/modified from NetAct (using Plan download or SendToNW) then the subsequent upload might show differences for this parameter. BSC makes the following checks: - There must always be one Default Signalling Point Code -field having value TRUE in CS NRI List. - There must not be two same Signalling Point Code values in CS NR List - There must not be two same Global CNId (consists of CN-ID+ MCC + MNC values) values in CS NRI List - There must be real MSC's SPC created on A Interface until it can be added to the CS NRI LIST and downloaded to the BSC. This is instructed in Multipoint A FAI (Feature Activation Instructions) customer document. NOT IN USE. Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional).With this parameter you define Core Network-ID NOT IN USE. Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional. With this parameter you define if Signalling Point Code is set as default. NOT IN USE. Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional). With this parameter you define Mobile Country Code (MCC). NOT IN USE. Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional). With this parameter you define Mobile Network Code (MNC). NOT IN USE. Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional). With this parameter you define NRI List 1. NOT IN USE. Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional). With this parameter you define NRI List 2. NOT IN USE. Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional). With this parameter you define NRI List 3. NOT IN USE. Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional). With this parameter you define NRI List 4. NOT IN USE. Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional). With this parameter you define NRI List 5. NOT IN USE. Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional). With this parameter you define NRI List 6. NOT IN USE. Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional). With this parameter you define NRI List 7. NOT IN USE. Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional). With this parameter you define NRI List 8. NOT IN USE. Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional). With this parameter you define NRI List 9. NOT IN USE. Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional). With this parameter you define NRI List 10. NOT IN USE. Multipoint A Interface for BSC (94) (optional).With this parameter you define Signalling Point Code. NOT IN USE. See COMMENT With this parameter you define the criteria used for EGPRS Inactivity. SEE EMBEDDED COMMENT With this parameter you define the number of TBF allocation attempts required per hour for EGPRS Inactivity Alarm. SEE EMBEDDED COMMENT

NOT IN USE. Parameter defines whether it is allowed to change internal handover, where speech codec or channel rate is changed, to MSC controlled in order to avoid downlink muting. NOT IN USE. With this parameter the operator can determine whether an intersystem handover is to be triggered for a DTM incapable but WCDMA capable MS as soon as an appropriate WCDMA target cell is available. This parameter defines the maximum incoming (from MSC to BSC) TCH transaction rate (transactions per second) that is acceptable for changing internal handover to external. In this context TCH transaction means MSC controlled TCH handover or TCH assignment. This parameter indicates the mean Bit Error Probability (BEP) limit for MS multislot power profile 0 when allocating 2 uplink TSLs. The measured mean BEP value is compared to the value of this parameter when defining how many uplink TSLs can be allocated. This parameter indicates the mean Bit Error Probability (BEP) limit for MS multislot power profile 0 when allocating 3 uplink TSLs. The measured mean BEP value is compared to the value of this parameter when defining how many uplink TSLs can be allocated. This parameter indicates the mean Bit Error Probability (BEP) limit for MS multislot power profile 0 when allocating 4 uplink TSLs. The measured mean BEP value is compared to the value of this parameter when defining how many uplink TSLs can be allocated. This parameter indicates the mean Bit Error Probability (BEP) limit for MS multislot power profile 1 when allocating 2 uplink TSLs. The measured mean BEP value is compared to the value of this parameter when defining how many uplink TSLs can be allocated. This parameter indicates the mean Bit Error Probability (BEP) limit for MS multislot power profile 1 when allocating 3 uplink TSLs. The measured mean BEP value is compared to the value of this parameter when defining how many uplink TSLs can be allocated. This parameter indicates the mean Bit Error Probability (BEP) limit for MS multislot power profile 1 when allocating 4 uplink TSLs. The measured mean BEP value is compared to the value of this parameter when defining how many uplink TSLs can be allocated. This parameter indicates the mean Bit Error Probability (BEP) limit for MS multislot power profile 2 when allocating 3 uplink TSLs. The measured mean BEP value is compared to the value of this parameter when defining how many uplink TSLs can be allocated. This parameter indicates the mean Bit Error Probability (BEP) limit for MS multislot power profile 2 when allocating 4 uplink TSLs. The measured mean BEP value is compared to the value of this parameter when defining how many uplink TSLs can be allocated. RNW Configuration Identification identifies the active configuration. It is copied from Plan Configuration Identification in activation phase. RNW Fallback Configuration Identification identifies the fallback configuration. It is copied from RNW Plan Configuration Identification in activation phase. With this parameter you identify RNW Plan Configuration. RNW Configuration Identification for plan database is defined when plan is downloaded. Parameter defines the state of the RNW plan database. State information is available only for the RNW plan database. States for the RNW plan database are defined in the COMMENT This parameter indicates the RX quality limit for MS multislot power profile 0 when allocating 2 uplink TSLs. The measured RX quality value is compared to the value of this parameter when defining how many uplink TSLs can be allocated. This parameter indicates the RX quality limit for MS multislot power profile 0 when allocating 3 uplink TSLs. The measured RX quality value is compared to the value of this parameter when defining how many uplink TSLs can be allocated.

This parameter indicates the RX quality limit for MS multislot power profile 0 when allocating 4 uplink TSLs. The measured RX quality value is compared to the value of this parameter when defining how many uplink TSLs can be allocated. This parameter indicates the RX quality limit for MS multislot power profile 1 when allocating 2 uplink TSLs. The measured RX quality value is compared to the value of this parameter when defining how many uplink TSLs can be allocated. This parameter indicates the RX quality limit for MS multislot power profile 1 when allocating 3 uplink TSLs. The measured RX quality value is compared to the value of this parameter when defining how many uplink TSLs can be allocated. This parameter indicates the RX quality limit for MS multislot power profile 1 when allocating 4 uplink TSLs. The measured RX quality value is compared to the value of this parameter when defining how many uplink TSLs can be allocated. This parameter indicates the RX quality limit for MS multislot power profile 2 when allocating 3 uplink TSLs. The measured RX quality value is compared to the value of this parameter when defining how many uplink TSLs can be allocated. This parameter indicates the RX quality limit for MS multislot power profile 2 when allocating 4 uplink TSLs. The measured RX quality value is compared to the value of this parameter when defining how many uplink TSLs can be allocated. NOT IN USE. This parameter defines how much lower downlink C/I values can be used for SAIC calls than for non-SAIC calls in DFCA TCH allocation. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the target C/I value for GPRS connection on DFCA layer. Note: DFCA Soft Blocking C/I GPRS is also related to this parameter, DFCA C/I Target GPRS value should be defined egual or greater than value for DFCA Soft Blocking C/I GPRS. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the target C/I value for SDCCH connection on DFCA layer. Note: DFCA Soft Blocking C/I SDCCH is also related to this parameter, DFCA C/I target SDCCH value should be defined equal or greater than value for DFCA Soft Blocking C/I SDCCH. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the soft blocking C/I value for GPRS connection on DFCA layer. Note: DFCA C/I Target GPRS is also related to this parameter, DFCA Soft Blocking C/I GPRS value should be defined equal or smaller than value for DFCA C/I Target GPRS. This parameter determines the length of the supervision period for EGPRS inactivity alarm in minutes. SEE EMBEDDED COMMENT This parameter defines how many incoming TCH transactions (incoming MSC controlled TCH handover or assignment) are taken into account when calculating average TCH transaction rate. NOT IN USE. This parameter determines MSC/MSS state for the NAS Node method to be used in the BSC when Multipoint A is in use. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define CS Null-NRI. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define CS Weight Factor value per MSC/MSS for round-robin selection NAS Node method to be used in the BSC when Multipoint A is in use.

NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the border of DL power ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc lower threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (LDRF) 2 is used, and the lower border for a range where pc lower threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (LDRF) 1 is used to trigger a power increase due to DL quality. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the border of DL power ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc lower threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (LDRF) 1 is used, and the lower border for a range where pc lower threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (LDRF) is used to trigger a power increase due to DL quality. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the border of DL power ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc lower threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (LDRF) is used, and the lower border for a range where pc lower threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (LDRF) + 1 is used to trigger a power increase due to DL quality. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the border of DL power ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc lower threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (LDRF) + 1 is used, and the lower border for a range where pc lower threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (LDRF) + 2 is used to trigger a power increase due to DL quality. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the border of DL power ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc upper threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (UDRF) 2 is used, and the lower border for a range where pc upper threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (UDRF) 1 is used to trigger a power decrease due to DL quality. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the border of DL power ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc upper threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (UDRF) 1 is used and the lower border for a range where pc upper threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (UDRF) is used to trigger a power NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the border of DL power ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc upper threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (UDRF) is used and the lower border for a range where pc upper threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (UDRF) + 1 is used to trigger a power decrease due to DL quality NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the border of DL power ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc upper threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (UDRF) + 1 is used and the lower border for a range where pc upper threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (UDRF) + 2 is used to trigger a power decrease due to DL quality. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the border of DL power ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc lower threshold dl Rx qual AMR HR (LDRH) 2 is used and the lower border for a range where pc lower threshold dl Rx qual AMR HR (LDRH) 1 is used to trigger a power increase due to DL quality. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the border of DL power ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc lower threshold dl Rx qual AMR HR (LDRH) 1 is used and the lower border for a range where pc lower threshold dl Rx qual AMR HR (LDRH) is used to trigger a power increase due to DL quality. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the border of DL power ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc lower threshold dl Rx qual AMR HR (LDRH) is used and the lower border for a range where pc lower threshold dl Rx qual AMR HR (LDRH) + 1 is used to trigger a power increase due to DL quality. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the border of DL power ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc lower threshold dl Rx qual AMR HR (LDRH) + 1 is used and the lower border for a range where pc lower threshold dl Rx qual AMR HR (LDRH) + 2 is used to trigger a power increase due to DL quality. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the border of DL power ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc upper threshold dl Rx qual AMR HR (UDRH) 2 is used and the lower border for a range where pc upper threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (UDRH) 1 is used to trigger a power decrease due to DL quality. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the border of DL power ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc upper threshold dl Rx qual AMR HR (UDRH) 1 is used and the lower border for a range where pc upper threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (UDRH) is used to trigger a power decrease due to DL quality.

NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the border of DL power ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc upper threshold dl Rx qual AMR HR (UDRH) is used and the lower border for a range where pc upper threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (UDRH) + 1 is used to trigger a power decrease due to DL quality. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the border of DL power ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc upper threshold dl Rx qual AMR HR (UDRH) +1 is used and the lower border for a range where pc upper threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (UDRH) + 2 is used to trigger a power decrease due to DL quality. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the border of UL power ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc lower threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (LURF) 2 is used and the lower border for a range where pc lower threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (LURF) 1 is used to trigger a power increase due to UL quality. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the border of UL power ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc lower threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (LURF) 1 is used and the lower border for a range where pc lower threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (LURF) is used to trigger a power increase due to UL quality. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the border of UL power ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc lower threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (LURF) is used and the lower border for a range where pc lower threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (LURF) + 1 is used to trigger a power increase due to UL quality. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the border of UL power ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc lower threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (LURF) + 1 is used and the lower border for a range where pc lower threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (LURF) + 2 is used to trigger a power increase due to UL quality. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the border of UL power ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc upper threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (UURF) - 2 is used and the lower border for a range where pc upper threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (UURF) - 1 is used to trigger a power decrease due to UL quality. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the border of UL power ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc upper threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (UURF) - 1 is used and the lower border for a range where pc upper threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (UURF) is used to trigger a power decrease due to UL quality. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the border of UL power ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc upper threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (UURF) is used and the lower border for a range where pc upper threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (UURF) + 1 is used to trigger a power decrease due to UL quality. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the border of UL power ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc upper threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (UURF) + 1 is used and the lower border for a range where pc upper threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (UURF) + 2 is used to trigger a power decrease due to UL quality. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the border of UL power ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc lower threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (LURH) 2 is used and the lower border for a range where pc lower threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (LURH) 1 is used to trigger a power increase due to UL qualit NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the border of UL power ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc lower threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (LURH) 1 is used and the lower border for a range where pc lower threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (LURH) is used to trigger a power increase due to UL quality. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the border of UL power ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc lower threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (LURH) is used and the lower border for a range where pc lower threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (LURH) + 1 is used to trigger a power increase due to UL quality. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the border of UL power ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc lower threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (LURH) + 1 is used and the lower border for a range where pc lower threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (LURH) + 2 is used to trigger a power increase due to UL quality

NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the border of UL power ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc upper threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (UURH) 2 is used and the lower border for a range where pc upper threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (UURH) 1 is used to trigger a power decrease due to UL quality. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the border of UL power ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc upper threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (UURH) 1 is used and the lower border for a range where pc upper threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (UURH) is used to trigger a power decrease due to UL quality. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the border of UL power ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc upper threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (UURH) is used and the lower border for a range where pc upper threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (UURH) + 1 is used to trigger a power decrease due to UL quality. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the border of UL power ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm. This is the upper border for a range where pc upper threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (UURH) + 1 is used and the lower border for a range where pc upper threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (UURH) + 2 is used to trigger a power decrease due to UL quality. NOT IN USE. This parameter determines whether NAS Node method is used for all traffic in the BSC when Multipoint A is in use NOT IN USE. This parameter determines the CS NAS Node Method to be used in the BSC when Multipoint A is in NOT IN USE. This parameter defines the priority levels of subscribers to which the Forced release after unsuccessful forced handover attempt is applied. NOT IN USE.Threshold for the PCU selection algorithm. With this parameter you can change the behavior of the PCU selection algorithm. The smaller the value of this parameter is, the more sensitive the algorithm is to move NOT IN USE. Threshold for the PSE overloaded alarm. With this parameter you can change the response of the alarm. The smaller the value of this parameter is, the more sensitive the BSC is to set the alarm. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you can change the behavior of the PCU selection algorithm in cases when DLDC is in use and in the same pool there are both U2-E and PCU2-D/U type cards. The bigger this parameter value is then it means that PCU2-E card can have more capacity used than other PCU2 cards. If PCU2-E cards are not wanted to be preferred in the selection this parameter must have value 0. NOT IN USE. This parameter defines when the BTS commands an MS to repeat the SACCH block. NOT IN USE. When the traffic load in a segment falls lower than defined by DTRX Power Down Threshold the load is followed for a period of time defined by the DTRX Power Down Supervision Period parameter. The actual TRX power down is started if the load remains lower than defined by DTRX Power Down Threshold parameter for the With this parameter you define the soft blocking C/I value for SDCCH connection on DFCA layer. Note: DFCA Target C/I SDCCH is also related to this parameter, DFCA Soft Blocking C/I SDCCH value should be defined equal or smaller than value for C/I target SDCCH.

Modified X X X

New X

Modified

New Modified

New Modified

New

11 11.5 11 11.5

12

12

13

13

14

14

X X X

X X X

X X X X X

X X X X X X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X X X X X X X X X X

X X X X X X X X

X X X

X X X X

X X X X

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

X X

X X

X X

X X X X

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

X X

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

X X

X X X

X X

X X

X X X

X X X X X

X X

X X X

Added or Last Revised in Workbook Version

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100048

100048

100048

100047

100047

100047

100054

100054

100047

100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047 100047

100047

100047

100047

BCF
OBJECT EXPLANATION
BCF BCF BCF Automatic Unlock Allowed (AU) BTS battery backup procedure (BBU) RX Difference Limit (RXDL)

BCF

Add BCF to chain / Remove BCF from chain (ADD / REM)

BCF

clock source (CS)

BCF BCF

remove BCF from chain (REM) synch enabled (SENA)

BCF

master clock BCF identification (MCBCF)

BCF

Flexi EDGE Abis Over IP/Ethernet Feature Usage (TRS1)

BCF

Flexi EDGE Additional 2 E1/T1 Feature Usage (TRS2)

BCF

Flexi EDGE TRS Abis Grooming Feature Usage (TRS3)

BCF

Flexi EDGE TRS Loop Protection Feature Usage (TRS4)

BCF

autoconfigure (AC)

BCF

BCCH TRX shutdown timer (BTIM)

BCF BCF BCF BCF

bit rate (BR) D-channel link set name (DNAME) D-channel link set number (DNBR) external input number (INBR)

BCF BCF BCF BCF BCF

external outputs (ON/OFF) external synchronization source (ESS) identification of test equipment (TEST) master clock TRX (MCT) polarity (POL)

BCF

route (ROU)

BCF

severity (SEV)

BCF

text ID (TID)

BCF

text ID of the output 1...6 (OUT1-OUT6)

BCF

TRX shutdown timer (NTIM)

BCF BCF BCF

TRX Shutdown Timer 2 (NTIM2) TRX Shutdown Timer 3 (NTIM3) BCF identification (BCF)

BCF

BSC-BSC interface failure (BSCBSC)

BCF

site type (TYPE)

Q3 NAME
autoUnlAllowed BatteryBackupProcedure rxDifferenceLimit

From
automatic unlock not allowed (F) ALL BCCH 3

slaveBcfList

clockSource

slaveBcfList synchEnabled

1 T

masterClockBcf

flexiEdgeAbisOverIpEthernetUsage

flexiEdgeAdditional2E1T1Usage

flexiEdgeTrsAbisGroomingUsage

flexiEdgeTrsLoopProtectionUsage

autoConfig

bcchTrxBatbuTimer

bitRate userLabel lapdLinkNumber externalAlarmDefinition: inputId 1 1

bcfOutputs syncSource testEquipment masterClock externalAlarmDefinition: polarity 0

externalAlarmDefinition: reporting Route

externalAlarmDefinition: severity

externalAlarmDefinition: textId

ioTextId

normTrxBatbuTimer

normTrxBatbuTimer2 normTrxBatbuTimer2 bcf-ID

0 0 1

bscBscInterfaceFailure

OK

bcfType

2nd Generation (0), Talk-family (1), PrimeSite (2), MetroSite (3), InSite (4), UltraSite

RANGE
or

(with 1 dB steps)

NONE (remove clock source) (0), LMU (location measurement unit) (1), BCF (master clock BCF) (2), PCM (independent mode) (3), LMU-ABIS (4), BWLMU (5), IWLMU (6)

Synch disabled (F) (0), Synch enabled (T) (1)

Step 1

step 1

step 1

step 1

step 1

All / BCCH / None Step 1 Step 1

false (0), true (1) BTS Internal (0), PCM External (2), Other External (3) No Test Equipment (0), RFTE (1), STM (2) Step 1 Closed (0), Open (1)

NOT (0), ACT (1), TMS (2), MAINS (3)

Critical (1), Major (2), Minor (3)

Step 1

Step 1 min

Step 1 min Step 1 min

SEE COMMENT

2nd Generation (0), Talk-family (1), PrimeSite (2), MetroSite (3), InSite (4), UltraSite (5), Flexi EDGE (6), BTSplus (7), Flexi Multiradio (8)

To
automatic unlock allowed (T) NONE 64

UNIT REC. MMl MML

EF EF dB 10 EF

O2 Default
ALL 10

3000

EF

EF

660 F

EF EF

3000

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

All 65535 24 -

0 2 16 0 0 EF EF EF EF

ALL OUTPUTS OFF 2 NOT 0 open

EF

not

AL1

200

600

mins

EF

600 600 3000

mins mins

0 0

EF EF EF

0 0 -

NOK

EF

BTSplus (7), Flexi Multiradio (8)

EF

Comments Automatic unlock allowed parameter is only for Flexi EDGE BTS site type. When creating the BCF automatic unlock allowed is set to T by default. See embedded Comment. ALL (transmission equipment and all TRXs are left alive) BCCH (transmission equipment and only the BCCH TRX are left alive) NONE (only transmission equipment is left alive) MML default: With this parameter you define the value limit for activating the RX alarm. NOTE: For site types 2nd generation, MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio the value 64 With this parameter you define slave BCF(s) to the chain under the master clock BCF. NOTE: The parameter is only available for Talkfamily, MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio. MML NOTE: ADD (MML Full Name: Add BCF to chain): The slave BCF can be defined when creating or modifying the master clock BCF. If synchronisation of the chain is enabled, the added BCF must be locked, otherwise modification is online. Modification can also be done in slave BCF creation. REM (MML Full Name: remove BCF from chain): The slave BCF can be removed when modifying the master clock BCF. If synchronisation of the chain is enabled, the removed BCF must be locked, otherwise online. With this parameter you define the clock source for the master clock BCF or the independent mode BCF. If the defined clock source is LMU, LMU-ABIS or BCF, the BCF is a master clock BCF. When synch of the BCF is disabled (SENA=N), modification of the parameter can be done online. When the synch of the BCF is enabled (SENA=Y) and value of the Synch Status is not 'ABIS SYNCH', then the value of the parameter can be changed from LMU to LMU-ABIS or vice versa online. NOTE: The parameter is only available for Talkfamily, MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio. NOTE: MML range: BCF (master clock BCF) LMU (location measurement unit) PCM (independent mode) NONE (remove clock source) LAB (LMU-ABIS) BWLMU (BCF WCDMA LMU) IWLMU (Independent WCDMA-LMU) The parameter is only available for Nokia Talk-family, Nokia MetroSite and Nokia UltraSite. With this parameter you enable the synchronization of the chain of the independent mode BCFs. It is possible to enable the synchronization of the chain when creating or modifying the master clock BCF. Modification of the parameter requires locking of all of the BCFs of the chain when Synch Enabled is modified from Yes to No. When modifying an independent mode BCF, the modification requires locking of the BCF. With this parameter you add the slave BCF to a chain under a master clock BCF in slave BCF creation. NOTE: The parameter is only available for Talkfamily, MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio. See also parameter Slave BCF List. With this parameter you can enable the Flexi EDGE Abis over IP/ Ethernet feature in the BCF. Range description: 0 (not in use) 1 (in use) NOTE: Parameter is valid only for Flexi EDGE site type.

With this parameter you can enable the Flexi EDGE Additional 2 E1/T1 feature in the BCF. Value zero enables only 2 E1/T1 free interfaces. Value one enables additional 2 E1/T1 interfaces, value two enables two additional 2 E1/T1 interfaces and value three enables three additional 2 E1/T1 interfaces. With this parameter you can enable the Flexi EDGE TRS Abis Grooming feature in the BCF. Range description: 0 (not in use) 1 (in use) NOTE: Parameter is valid only for Flexi EDGE site type. With this parameter you can enable the Flexi EDGE TRS Loop Protection feature in the BCF. Range description: 0 (not in use) 1 (in use) NOTE: Parameter is valid only for Flexi EDGE site type. With this parameter you define whether the BCF is created to be autoconfigured. NOTE: The parameter is only available for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio. With this parameter you define the time period after which shutdown group 0 TRXs are powered down. The time begins after the TRX Shutdown Timer1 has expired. Parameter is valid if BTS Battery Backup Procedure parameter has value "Transmission and BCCH Alive (1)" or "Transmission Alive (2)". Also BCCH TRXs are powered down when battery backup procedure parameter has value "Transmission Alive (2)". NOTE: Likewise this parameter is valid only if Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown for Flexi EDGE or Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown for MetroSite, UltraSite and Talk-family licence (according to site type) is ON/CONFIG OR the With this parameter you define the bit rate of the Dchannel O&M signalling link of the BCF. NOTE: The parameter is only available for MetroSite, UltraSite and InSite and Flexi EDGE. NOTE: No NetAct Interface. With this parameter you identify the D-channel link set name of the BTS site O&M link. NOTE: The parameter cannot be defined for PrimeSite. Modifying the parameter causes a temporary break in O&M signalling. NOTE: Range: String of up to 5 characters With this parameter you identify the D-channel link set number of the BTS site O&M link. NOTE: The parameter cannot be defined for PrimeSite. Modifying the parameter causes a temporary break in O&M signalling. MML NOTE: With this parameter you define the external input number of the BCF. NOTE: The parameter is only available for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio. NOTE: MML RANGE: 1 ... 10 (MetroSite), 1 ... 24 (UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio) With this parameter you define the external outputs that are set to ON or OFF state. The outputs are identified by a number. NOTE: The parameter cannot be defined for PrimeSite. In the case of MetroSite, the number of external outputs is 4. With this parameter you define the synchronisation source of the master clock TRX for a synchronised PrimeSite BTS site. If the site is not synchronised but standalone, the parameter defines a synchronisation source for all the NOT (no test equipment) / RFTE (Radio Frequency Test Equipment) / STM (Site Test Monitor unit) With this parameter you define the master clock TRX for the PrimeSite. The value 0 means that the site is not synchronised (a standalone site). NOTE: If there is more than one TRX in the site, the site must be synchronised With this parameter you define the actual polarity of the external input connection. NOTE: The parameter is only available for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio. With this parameter you activate the routing of the input alarm and choose where the alarm will be sent. NOTE: The parameter is only available for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio. NOTE: MML RANGE: NOT (not activated (not reported)), ACT (activated (reported to the BSC as a normal external alarm)), TMS (activated (reported as a transmission alarm to the Transmission Management System)),

With this parameter you define the severity of the input alarm. NOTE: The parameter is only available for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio. NOTE: MML Range: AL3 (The highest alarm level), AL2 (The medium alarm level), AL1 (The lowest alarm level) NOTE: MML default: AL1 With this parameter you define the text ID number of a text string. NOTE: The parameter is relevant only for MetroSite, UltraSite and Flexi EDGE. NetAct NOTE: Refers With this parameter you define the text ID for the external output. NOTE: The parameter is only available for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio. In the case of MetroSite, the number of external outputs is 4. In the case of UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio, the number of external outputs is 6. With this parameter you define the time period after which shutdown group 1 TRXs are powered down. The time begins after the TRX Shutdown Timer 2 has expired. Parameter is valid if BTS Battery Backup Procedure parameter has value "Transmission and BCCH Alive (1)" or "Transmission Alive (2)". NOTE: Likewise this parameter is valid only if Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown for FlexiEDGE or Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown for MetroSite, UltraSite and Talk-family licence (according to site type) is ON/CONFIG OR the FIFILE/PRFILE option for intelligent shutdown is ON, see below for FIFILE/PRFILE options: - MetroSite: With this parameter you define the time period after which shutdown group 2 TRXs are powered down. The time begins after the TRX Shutdown Timer 3 has expired. Parameter is valid only hen BTS Battery Backup Procedure With this parameter you define the time period after which shutdown group 3 TRXs are powered down. Parameter is valid only hen BTS Battery Backup Procedure parameter has value "Transmission and BCCH Alive (1)" or NOT IN USE. With this parameter you output the synchronisation data and DFCA TRXs of the DFCA BTSs which have the defined BSC-BSC interface status. The data of a BTS is output, if the DFCA mode of the BTS is STANDBY or DFCA hopping and the BTS has the BSC-BSC interface status defined by this parameter. With this parameter you identify the type of the BTS site. NOTE: Modification of the BTS site type is possible only between the 2nd generation and Talk-family site types and from the 2nd generation or Talk-family site types to UltraSite site and Talk-family or Ultra-Site site types to Flexi EDGE type. The modification from the UltraSite or Flexi EDGE back to the 2nd generation or Talk-family site types is not possible. Modification between BTSplus and other site types is not possible. Modification from UltraSite or Flexi EDGE site type to Flexi Multiradio BTS site type is possible but not vice versa. MML NOTE: B (2nd Generation), D (Talk-family), F (PrimeSite), C (MetroSite), I (InSite), P (UltraSite), E (Flexi EDGE <option>), X (BTSplus), M (Flexi Multiradio <option>)

Modified

New

Modified

New Modified

New Modified

New

11 11.5 11 11.5

12

12

13

13
X

14

14

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X X

X X X X

X X X X X

X X X X X

X X X X X

Added or Last Revised in Workbook Version

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047 100047 100047 100047 100047

100047 100047 100047 100047 100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

BTS
OBJECT
BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS

EXPLANATION
DL BLER crosspoint for CS selection hop (DLBH) DL BLER crosspoint for CS selection no hop (DLB) fdd cell reselect offset (FDD) Minimum Fdd Threshold Offset FDMO) Minimum RSCP Threshold (FDR)

Q3 NAME
pcuDLBlerCpHopping pcuDLBlerCpNonHop fddQOffset fddQMinOffset fddRscpMin

BTS

number of blocks for access grant msg (AG)

noOfBlocksForAccessGrant

BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS

number of multiframes (MFR) Split Paging Cycle AMH lower load threshold (ALT) AMH upper load threshold (AUT) AMH max load of target cell (AML) AMR FR hysteresis 1 (FRH1) AMR FR hysteresis 2 (FRH2) AMR FR hysteresis 3 (FRH3) AMR FR initial codec mode indicator (ICMI) (FRI) AMR FR start mode (FRS) AMR FR DL threshold 1 (FRTD1) AMR FR DL threshold 1 (FRTD2) AMR FR DL threshold 1 (FRTD3) AMR FR UL threshold 1 (FRTU1) AMR FR UL threshold 1 (FRTU2) AMR FR UL threshold 1 (FRTU3) AMR FR codec mode set (FRC) AMR HR codec mode set (HRC) AMR HR hysteresis 1 (HRH1) AMR HR hysteresis 2 (HRH2) AMR HR hysteresis 3 (HRH3) AMR HR initial codec mode indicator (ICMI) (HRI) AMR HR start mode (HRS) AMR HR DL threshold 1 (HRTD1) AMR HR DL threshold 1 (HRTD2) AMR HR DL threshold 1 (HRTD3) AMR HR UL threshold 1 (HRTU1)

noOfMultiframesBetweenPaging SPLIT_PG_CYCLE amhLowerLoadThreshold amhUpperLoadThreshold amhMaxLoadOfTgtCell amrConfigurationFr: hysteresis1 amrConfigurationFr: hysteresis2 amrConfigurationFr: hysteresis3 amrConfigurationFr: initCodecMode amrConfigurationFr: startMode amrConfFrDlThreshold1 amrConfFrDlThreshold2 amrConfFrDlThreshold3 amrConfFrUlThreshold1 amrConfFrUlThreshold2 amrConfFrUlThreshold3 amrConfigurationFr: codecModeSet amrConfigurationHr: codecModeSet amrConfigurationHr: hysteresis1 amrConfigurationHr: hysteresis2 amrConfigurationHr: hysteresis3 amrConfigurationHr: initCodecMode amrConfigurationHr: startMode amrConfHrDlThreshold1 amrConfHrDlThreshold2 amrConfHrDlThreshold3 amrConfHrUlThreshold1

BTS BTS BTS BTS

AMR HR UL threshold 1 (HRTU2) AMR HR UL threshold 1 (HRTU3) AMR radio link timeout (ARLT) (BMA)

amrConfHrUlThreshold2 amrConfHrUlThreshold3 radioLinkTimeoutAmr btsMeasAver

BTS

BCCH allocation usage for active MS (ACT)

measurementBCCHAllocation

BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS

TRX Priority in TCH Allocation (TRP) (PI) number of blocks for access grant msg (AG) BTS load in SEG (LSEG) - PGSM BTS load in SEG (LSEG) - EGSM BTS load in SEG (LSEG) - 1800 non BCCH layer offset (NBL) SEG identification (SEG) SEG name (SEGNAME) number of blocks for access grant msg (AG) max number of retransmission (RET) (HYS) rxlev access min (RXP) coding schemes CS3 and CS4 enabled (CS34) adaptive LA algorithm (ALA)

trxPriorityInTCHAlloc cellReselectParamInd noOfBlocksForAccessGrant btsLoadInSeg btsLoadInSeg btsLoadInSeg nonBCCHLayerOffset segmentId segmentName noOfBlocksForAccessGrant maxNumberRetransmission cellReselectHysteresis rxLevAccessMin cs3Cs4Enabled adaptiveLaAlgorithm

BTS

UL coding scheme in acknowledged mode (UCSA)

csAckUl

BTS

UL coding scheme in unacknowledged mode (UCSU)

csUnackUl

BTS

DL coding scheme in acknowledged mode (DCSA)

csAckDl

BTS

DL coding scheme in unacknowledged mode (DCSU)

csUnackDl

BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS

directed retry used (DR) (CTY) intelligent directed retry used (IDR) max time limit directed retry (MADR) min time limit directed retry (MIDR) Directed Retry Method (DRM)

drInUse cellType IdrUsed maxTimeLimitDirectedRetry minTimeLimitDirectedRetry drMethod

BTS

(BAR)

cellBarred

BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS

(RLT) adjacency on other band (DBC) initial MCS for acknowledged mode (MCA) initial MCS for unacknowledged mode (MCU) maximum BLER in acknowledged mode (BLA) maximum BLER in unacknowledged mode (BLU) mean BEP offset 8PSK (MBP) mean BEP offset GMSK (MBG) scale ord (SCO)

radioLinkTimeout multiBandCell initMcsAckMode initMcsUnackMode maxBlerAckMode maxBlerUnackMode meanBepOffset8PSK meanBepOffsetGMSK scaleOrd

BTS

radius extension (EXT)

radiusExtension

BTS BTS

radius extension (EXT) (NECI)

radiusExtension newEstabCausesSupport

BTS

BTS hopping mode (HOP)

btsIsHopping

BTS BTS

(HSN1) (HSN2)

HoppingSequenceNumber1 HoppingSequenceNumber2

BTS BTS

MAIO offset (MO) MAIO step (MS)

maioOffset maioStep

BTS

underlay BTS hopping mode (UHOP)

underlaybtsHoppingMode (BB, RF or N)

BTS

(MAL)

MobileAllocationFrequencyList

BTS

Cell load for Channel Search (CLC)

cellLoadForChannelSearch

BTS

Dedicated GPRS Capacity (CDED)

DedicatedGPRSCapacity

BTS

Default GPRS Capacity (CDEF)

DefaultGPRScapacity

BTS

GPRS Enabled (GENA)

GprsEnabled

BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS

Routing Area Code (RAC) coding scheme hop (CODH) coding scheme no hop (COD) DL adaption probability threshold (DLA) GPRS cell reselect hysteresis (GHYS) GPRS enabled (GENA) GPRS max number of retransmission (GRET) GPRS non BCCH layer rxlev lower limit (GPL) GPRS non BCCH layer rxlev upper limit (GPU) GPRS number of slots spread transmission (GSLO) GPRS rxlev access min (GRXP) max GPRS capacity (CMAX) UL adaption probability threshold (ULA) UL BLER crosspoint for CS selection hop (ULBH) UL BLER crosspoint for CS selection no hop (ULB) transport type (TRAT) Prefer BCCH Frequency GPRS (BFG) direct GPRS access BTS (DIRE)

Rac pcuCsHopping pcuCsNonHopping GPRSCellReselHysteresis GPRSEnabled GPRSMaxRetrans GPRSNonBCCHRxlevLower GPRSNonBCCHRxlevUpper GPRSNbrSlotsSpreadTrans GPRSRxLevAccessMin maxGPRScapacity pcuULBlerCpHopping pcuULBlerCpNoHop transportType preferBCCHfreqGPRS2 directGPRSaccessBts

BTS BTS BTS

GPRS ms txpwr max CCH (GTXP1) GPRS ms txpwr max CCH (GTXP2) quality control GPRS DL RLC ack throughput threshold (QGDRT) EGPRS Link Adaptation Enabled (ELA) EGPRS enabled (EGENA) Extended Cell GPRS/EDGE Enabled (EXGENA)

gprsMsTxpwrMaxCCH gprsMsTxPwrMaxCCH1x00 qcTputThrModes :: gprsDlRlcAckMode

egprsLinkAdaptEnabled

BTS BTS

eGPRSEnabled extendedCellGprsEdgeEnabled

BTS

Extended Cell Location Keep Period (EXKEEP)

extendedCellLocationKeepPeriod

BTS

Lower limit for FR TCH resources (FRL)

btsSpLoadDepTCHRate

BTS

BTS load threshold (BLT)

btsLoadThreshold

BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS

max number of repetition (NY1) Averaging Period (AP) boundary 1-4 (BO0) boundary 1-4 (BO1) boundary 1-4 (BO2) boundary 1-4 (BO3) boundary 1-4 (BO4) boundary 1-4 (BO5)

maxNumberOfRepetitions interferenceAveragingProcess interferenceAveragingProcess interferenceAveragingProcess interferenceAveragingProcess interferenceAveragingProcess interferenceAveragingProcess interferenceAveragingProcess

BTS BTS BTS BTS

underlay mobile allocation frequency list (UMAL) (UHSN1) (UHSN2) underlay MAIO offset (UMO)

underlayMA underlayHoppingSequenceNumber1 underlayHoppingSequenceNumber2 underlaymaioOffset

BTS

underlay MAIO step (UMS)

underlayMaioStep

BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS

IFH underlay MAIO step (UMS) allow IMSI attach detach (ATT) timer for periodic MS location updating (PER) power in serving cell (PMIN) (PMIN) (PMIN) (PMAX1)

underlayHoppingMode underlayMAIOoffset underlayMaioStep underlayMA allowIMSIAttachDetach timerPeriodicUpdateMS minMSTxPower *GSM* minMSTxPower *DCS* minMSTxPower *DCS19* msTxPwrMaxGSM

BTS

MS txpwr max GSM1x00 (PMAX2)

msTxPwrMaxGSM1x00

BTS

MS txpwr max GSM1x00 (PMAX2)

msTxPwrMaxGSM1x00

BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS

(REO) (PET) (TEO) (QUA) early sending indication (ESI) Upper limit for FR TCH resources (FRU)

cellReselectOffset penaltyTime temporaryOffset cellBarQualify earlySendingIndication btsSpLoadDepTCHRate

BTS

TCH rate intra-cell handover (TRIH)

tchrateIntraCellHo

BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS

limit for free TCHs (LIMIT)

freeTchLimit

number of traffic channels reserved for priority nbrTCHForPrioritySubs subscribers only (TCRP) restricted use of priority channels in incoming handover priorityChUseIncomingHO (RUP) reservation method used in trunk reservation (REM) reservationMethod multiband cell reporting (MBR) (MQL) multiBandCellReporting maxQueueLength

BTS

MS priority used (MPU)

msPriorityUsedInQueueing

BTS

queueing priority call (QPC)

queueingPriorityCall

BTS

queueing priority urgent handover (QPH)

queueingPriorityHandover

BTS

queue priority used (QPU)

queuePriorityUsed

BTS

queueing priority non-urgent handover (QPN)

queuePriorityNonUrgentHo

BTS

time limit call (TLC)

timeLimitCall

BTS

(TLH)

timeLimitHandover

BTS

RX diversity (RDIV)

diversityused

BTS

trunk reservation used (TR)

trunkReservationUsed

BTS BTS BTS BTS

BTS colour code (BCC) BTS name (NAME) cell identity (CI) frequency band in use (BAND)

bsIdentityCode btsName cell-ID frequencyBandInUse

BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS

location area code (LAC) mobile country code (MCC) mobile network code (MNC) network colour code (NCC) PLMN permitted (PLMN) table identification (TBL)

locationAreaId locationAreaId locationAreaId bsIdentityCode plmn-permitted -

BTS

traffic types (TT)

trafficTypesForTrunk

BTS

(ACC)

notAllowedAccessClasses

BTS BTS BTS

SMS CB used (CB) DTX mode (DTX) (SLO)

smsCBUsed dtxMode numberOfSlotsSpreadTrans

BTS

MS max distance in call setup (DMAX)

msMaxDistanceInCallSetup

BTS

emergency call restricted (EC)

emergencyCallRestricted

BTS BTS

call reestablishment allowed (RE) max transmit power (TXP1)

callReestablishmentAllowed msTxPwrMaxCCH *GSM*

BTS

MS txpwr max CCH1x00 (TXP2)

msTxPwrMaxCCH *DCS*

BTS

(TXP2)

msTxPwrMaxCCH *DCS19*

BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS

power offset (PO) C/N threshold (CNT) HCS threshold (HCS) reselection time (RES) GPRS minimum fdd threshold (GFDM)

powerOffset cnThreshold hcsThreshold tResel gprsFddQMin

*DCS only*

BTS

GPRS MS txpwr max cch1x00 (GTXP2)

gprsMsTxPwrMaxCCH1x00

BTS

MS txpwr max CCH1x00 (TXP2)

msTxPwrMaxCCH1x00

BTS

threshold to search WCDMA RAN cells (QSRI)

qSearchI

BTS BTS BTS BTS

DL noise level (DLN) TRHO guard time (TGT) UL noise level (ULN) BTS identification

dlNoiseLevel amhTrhoGuardTime ulNoiseLevel bts-ID

BTS

identification of BCCH frequency list (IDLE)

idleStateBCCHAllocation

BTS

network service entity identifier (NSEI)

nsei

BTS BTS

priority class (PRC) ra reselect hysteresis (RRH)

hcsPriorityClass raReselectHysteresis

BTS

GPRS threshold to search WCDMA RAN cells (QSRP) qSearchP

BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS

minimum FDD threshold (FDM) DTM Enabled (DENA) EGPRS Inactivity Alarm End Time Hour (EAE) EGPRS Inactivity Alarm End Time Minute (EAE) EGPRS Inactivity Alarm Start Time Hour (EAS) EGPRS Inactivity Alarm Start Time Minute (EAS) EGPRS Inactivity Alarm Weekdays (EAW) PCU Identifier (PCU ID) Packet Service Entity Identifier (PSEI) STIRC Enabled (STIRC)

fddQMin dtmEnabled inactEndTimeHour inactEndTimeMinute inactStartTimeHour inactStartTimeMinute inactWeekDays pcuIdentifier psei stircEnabled

BTS

Table Identification (TBL)

tableIdentification

BTS

DL Coding Scheme In Ext Area Acknowledged Mode (DCSEA) csExtAckDl

BTS

UL Coding Scheme In Ext Area Acknowledged Mode (UCSEA) csExtAckUl

BTS

DL Coding Scheme In Ext Area Unacknowledged Mode (DCSEU) csExtUnackDl

BTS

UL Coding Scheme In Ext Area Unacknowledged Mode (UCSEU) csExtUnackUl

BTS

Initial MCS For Ext Area Acknowledged Mode (MCEA)

initMcsExtAckMode

BTS

Initial MCS For Ext Area Unacknowledged Mode (MCEU)initMcsExtUnackMode

BTS BTS BTS BTS

BTS TCH Count (-)

btsTchCount

AMR-WB codec mode set (ACMS)

amrWbFrCodecModeSet

BTS

AMR-WB FR threshold 1 (AFRT1)

amrWbFrThreshold1

BTS

AMR-WB FR threshold 2 (AFRT2)

amrWbFrThreshold2

BTS

AMR-WB FR hysteresis 1 (AFRH1)

amrWbFrHysteresis1

BTS

AMR-WB FR hysteresis 2 (AFRH2)

amrWbFrHysteresis2

BTS

DLDC enabled (DCENA)

dldcEnabled

BTS

DTRX power down threshold (PWDT)

dtrxPowerDownThreshold

BTS

DTRX power up threshold (PWUT)

dtrxPowerUpThreshold

BTS

PCU up to date (PUTD)

pcuUpToDate

From

RANGE

0 -114

Step 2 Step 2

...

2 Enabled 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 nfigurationFr: codecModeSet nfigurationHr: codecModeSet 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0

... see comment or see comment

see comment

see comment see comment see comment or see comment

see comment

see comment
0 0 4 1

with 4 block steps ...

ADJ

0 Y 0

see comment / ...

1 1 1 to 15 Characters ... 1, 2, 4 or 7 0 ... -110 ... Coding schemes CS3 and CS4 are disabled (N) (0), Coding schemes CS3 and CS4 are enabled (Y) (1) Adaptive LA algorithm is enabled (Y) (0), Adaptive LA algorithm is disabled (N) (1)

see comment

see comment

see comment

see comment

Yes GSM Yes 1 0 0

/ / / ... ...

Yes

4 Yes 1 10% 1% -31 -31

... / 0 (no) 1 (scaled by 10 dB) 2 (automatic)

Step 1

0 Y

... /

Non-hopping (0), Baseband hopping (1), Radio Frequency hopping (2)

aybtsHoppingMode (BB, RF or N)

in steps of 1

NonBCCHRxlevLower

NonBCCHRxlevUpper

NbrSlotsSpreadTrans

0 (FR) 1 (IP) 255 (ANY) 0 -40

3 0 0

see comment see comment Y/N

or

Step 1

Step 1

...

5 1 -110 -110 -110 -110 -110 -47

... ... ... ... ... ...

Step 1

ayHoppingSequenceNumber1 0 0

... ...

0 1 0 Yes 0 / 0.1 5 0 0 5

BB / RF / N / ... ... ... ... ...

...

...

0 20 0 Y Y 0

... ... ... / / Step 1

No Constraints 0 (0), Actual Rate (1), Data Call (2), No Rate Change (3), Preferred Rate (4)

1 0 Yes DYN 0 0

... ... / / ... ...

Yes

...

...

Yes

...

...

...

Yes

RX diversity is not used (N) (0), RX diversity is used (Y) (1)

Yes

0...9, 11...15

Yes 0

/ ... 3...12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50

rOfSlotsSpreadTrans

...

Yes

Yes 5

/ ...

...

...

0 0

... ...

-20

2 dB steps

-120 0 -120 1

SEE EMBEDDED COMMENT

0 0

in steps of 2 dB

Please check NOLS/ NED for ranges

-20 Y 0 0 0 0

2 dB steps or Step 1 Step15 Step 1 Step15 SEE COMMENT

0 0 Y

Step 1 Step 1 STIRC is disabled (N) (0), STIRC is enabled (Y) (1)

Step 1

CS1 (0), CS2 (1), CS3 CS1 (2), CS4 (3), LA with initial CS1 (4), LA with initial CS2 (5), LA with initial CS3 (6), LA with initial CS4 (7)

CS1

see comments

CS1

see comments

CS1

see comments

Step 1

Step 1

Step 1

AMR-WB FR codec mode set is disabled (N) (0), AMR-WB FR codec mode set is enabled (Y) (1)

Step 0.5

Step 0.5

Step 0.5

Step 0.5

DLDC is disabled (N) (0), DLDC is enabled (Y) (1)

Step 1

Step 1

N (0), Y (1)

To

UNIT

REC.

MMl

MML

14 -84

dB dBm

0 -102

EQ EQ

EQ

9 Disabled 100 or N 100 or N 100 or N 7.5 7.5 7.5 1 11 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5

5 dB dB dB

2 N N N 2 2 2 0 4 7 11 4 7 11

EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ

dB dB dB dB dB dB

15 15 15 1 11 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5

dB dB dB dB

11 14 0 11

31.5 31.5 64 4

dB dB blocks SACCH -

14 0 20 1

EQ EQ EQ EQ

IDLE

ADJ

EQ

2 N 2

0 N 1

EQ EQ EQ

3000 7 dB dBm 1 4 4 -105 N Y EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ

14 -47 emes CS3 and CS4 are enabled (Y) (1) algorithm is disabled (N) (1)

EQ

EQ

EQ

EQ

No MCN/ shared No 15 14 1

sec sec

No GSM No 5 0 0

EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ

No

No

EQ

64 No 9 100% 100% 31 31

SACCH

4 No

EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ

EQ

67

Km

EQ

35 N

km

0 N

EQ EQ

Frequency hopping (2)

plan

EQ

660

EQ

2 40 dBm

EQ EQ EQ

39 20 2

dBm dBm kbit/s 6 2 -

EA EA EQ EQ EQ N EQ

44

seconds

15

EQ

100

100

EQ

100

70

EQ

35 32 FIXED -47 -47 -47 -47 FIXED dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm

5 6 -110 -105 -100 -95 -90 -47

EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ

3000

EQ

63 62

0 0

EQ EQ

62 62 128 No 25.5 43 36 33 43

2 5 -

N 0 1 Yes 0.5 5 0 0 33

EH EH EH EH EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ

hours dBm dBm dBm dBm

36

dBm

30

EQ

33

dBm

30

EQ

126 640 70 N N 100

dB sec dB

10 N -

0 20 0 N Y 0

EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ

EQ

16 8 No STAT 3 100

TCHs TCHs

16 0 Yes DYN 1 50

EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ

No

Yes

EQ

14

10

EQ

14

EQ

No

Yes

EQ

14

EQ

15

sec

10

EQ

10

sec

EQ

No

EQ

No

No

EQ

list

EQ

No 2

No 2 10

EQ EQ EQ

255

TA

255

EQ

No

No

EQ

No 43 dBm

No 33

EQ EQ

30

dBm

30

EQ

30

dBm

30

EQ

6 63

dBm dB

0 0

EQ EQ

-6

dB

-12

EQ

-80 120 or N -80 1600

dB dB

-117 N -117

EQ EQ EQ EQ

3000

EQ

EQ

7 14

0 dB

EQ EQ

EQ

-6 N 23 45 23 45 hours minutes hours minutes

N 18 0 8 0 NONE

EQ ES EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ FX EQ EQ

99 99 N

64

EQ

CS7

CS1

EQ

CS7

CS1

EQ

CS7

CS1

EQ

CS7

CS1

EQ

EQ

EQ

384

See Comment

EQ

31.5

dB

EQ

31.5

dB

EQ

7.5

dB

EQ

7.5

dB

EQ

EQ

255

EQ

254

EQ

EQ

900_MACRO
0.11 0.68 N 0 -102

900E_MACRO
0.11 0.68 N 0 -102

1800_MACRO
0.11 0.68 N 0 -102

5 Enabled N N N 1 1 1 0 00 4 7 11 4 7 11 12.2 / 7.4 / 5.9 / 4.75 7.4 / 5.9 / 4.75 1 1 0 0 00 11 14 0 11

5 Enabled N N N 1 1 1 0 00 4 7 11 4 7 11 12.2 / 7.4 / 5.9 / 4.75 7.4 / 5.9 / 4.75 1 1 0 0 00 11 14 0 11

5 Enabled N N N 1 1 1 0 00 4 7 11 4 7 11 12.2 / 7.4 / 5.9 / 4.75 7.4 / 5.9 / 4.75 1 1 0 0 00 11 14 0 11

14 0 32 1

14 0 32 1

14 0 32 1

ADJ

ADJ

ADJ

2 N 2 N/A N/A N/A N/A bts_id bts_name 2 4 8 -105 N Y

2 Y 2 N/A N/A N/A N/A bts_id bts_name 2 4 8 -105 N Y

2 Y 2 N/A N/A N/A N/A bts_id bts_name 2 4 8 -105 N Y

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

Y Optional Feature N 5 0 1

Y Optional Feature N 5 0 1

Y Optional Feature N 5 0 1

24 Y 6 6 90% 10% 0 0 0

24 Y 6 6 90% 10% 0 0 0

24 Y 6 6 90% 10% 0 0 0

0 N

0 N

0 N

BB

BB

BB

Calculated: See comment Calculated: See comment

Calculated: See comment Calculated: See comment

Calculated: See comment Calculated: See comment

Cell Specific

0%

0%

Cell Specific

Cell Specific

25%

0 0 0 20% 0 Y 4444 -100 -95 10 -105 100% 10% 0.24 0.87 0 1 -10

0 0 0 20% 0 Y 4444 -100 -95 10 -105 100% 10% 0.24 0.87 0 1 -10

0 0 0 20% 0 Y 4444 -100 -95 10 -105 100% 10% 0.24 0.87 0 1 -10

33 N/A 6 2 Y or N See COMMENT N

33 N/A 6 2 Y or N See COMMENT N

33 30 6 2 Y or N See COMMENT N

15

15

15

100

100

100

5 9 -110 -105 -100 -95 -90 -47

5 9 -110 -105 -100 -95 -90 -47

5 9 -110 -105 -100 -95 -90 -47

0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0

N 0 #N/A NA Y 3 13 N/A #N/A 33

N 0 #N/A NA Y 3 13 N/A #N/A 33

N 0 #N/A NA Y 3 N/A 4 #N/A 33

30

30

30

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

0 20 0 N Y 0

20 640 0 Y Y 0

20 640 0 Y Y 0

Optional Feature 0 Optional Feature DYN 2 50

Optional Feature 0 Optional Feature DYN 2 50

Optional Feature 0 Optional Feature DYN 2 50

10

10

10

10

10

10

NCC of the BTS -

NCC of the BTS -

NCC of the BTS -

All

All

All

Y 1 14

Y 1 14

Y 1 14

255

255

255

N 33

N 33

N 33

30

30

30

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A 15 N 5 -10

#N/A 15 N 5 -10

0 15 N 5 -10

30

30

30

30

30

30

15

15

15

-117 N -117 -

-117 N -117 -

-117 N -117 -

7 4

7 4

7 4

15

15

15

-10 N 18 0 6 0 ALL Y if all TRXs are EDGE capable, otherwise N -

-10 N 18 0 6 0 ALL Y if all TRXs are EDGE capable, otherwise N -

-10 N 18 0 6 0 ALL Y if all TRXs are EDGE capable, otherwise N -

CS1

CS1

CS1

CS1

CS1

CS1

CS1

CS1

CS1

CS1

CS1

CS1

900_MICRO
0.11 0.68 N 0 -102

900E_MICRO
0.11 0.68 N 0 -102

1800_MICRO
0.11 0.68 N 0 -102

5 Enabled N N N 1 1 1 0 00 4 7 11 4 7 11 12.2 / 7.4 / 5.9 / 4.75 7.4 / 5.9 / 4.75 1 1 0 0 00 11 14 0 11

5 Enabled N N N 1 1 1 0 00 4 7 11 4 7 11 12.2 / 7.4 / 5.9 / 4.75 7.4 / 5.9 / 4.75 1 1 0 0 00 11 14 0 11

5 Enabled N N N 1 1 1 0 00 4 7 11 4 7 11 12.2 / 7.4 / 5.9 / 4.75 7.4 / 5.9 / 4.75 1 1 0 0 00 11 14 0 11

14 0 32 1

14 0 32 1

14 0 32 1

ADJ

ADJ

ADJ

2 N 2 N/A N/A N/A N/A bts_id bts_name 2 4 8 -105 N Y

2 Y 2 N/A N/A N/A N/A bts_id bts_name 2 4 8 -105 N Y

2 Y 2 N/A N/A N/A N/A bts_id bts_name 2 4 8 -105 N Y

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

Y Optional Feature N 5 0 0

Y Optional Feature N 5 0 0

Y Optional Feature N 5 0 0

24 Y 6 6 90% 10% 0 0 0

24 Y 6 6 90% 10% 0 0 0

24 Y 6 6 90% 10% 0 0 0

0 N

0 N

0 N

BB

BB

BB

Calculated: See comment Calculated: See comment

Calculated: See comment Calculated: See comment

Calculated: See comment Calculated: See comment

Cell Specific

0%

0%

Cell Specific

Cell Specific

Cell \Specific

0 0 0 20% 0 Y 4444 -100 -95 10 -105 100% 10% 0.24 0.87 0 1 -10

0 0 0 20% 0 Y 4444 -100 -95 10 -105 100% 10% 0.24 0.87 0 1 -10

0 0 0 20% 0 Y 4444 -100 -95 10 -105 100% 10% 0.24 0.87 0 1 -10

33 N/A 6 2 Y or N See COMMENT N

33 N/A 6 2 Y or N See COMMENT N

N/A 30 6 2 Y or N See COMMENT N

15

15

15

100

100

100

5 9 -110 -105 -100 -95 -90 -47

5 9 -110 -105 -100 -95 -90 -47

5 9 -110 -105 -100 -95 -90 -47

0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0

N 0 #N/A NA Y 3 13 N/A #N/A 33

N 0 #N/A NA Y 3 13 N/A #N/A 33

N 0 #N/A NA Y 3 N/A 4 #N/A 33

30

30

30

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

0 20 0 N Y 0

20 640 0 Y Y 0

20 640 0 Y Y 0

Optional Feature 0 Optional Feature DYN 2 50

Optional Feature 0 Optional Feature DYN 2 50

Optional Feature 0 Optional Feature DYN 2 50

10

10

10

10

10

10

NCC of the BTS -

NCC of the BTS -

NCC of the BTS -

All

All

All

Y 1 14

Y 1 14

Y 1 14

255

255

255

N 33

N 33

N 33

30

30

30

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A 15 N 5 -10

#N/A 15 N 5 -10

#N/A 15 N 5 -10

30

30

30

30

30

30

15

15

15

-117 N -117 -

-117 N -117 -

-117 N -117 -

7 4

7 4

7 4

15

15

15

-10 N 18 0 6 0 ALL Y if all TRXs are EDGE capable, otherwise N -

-10 N 18 0 6 0 ALL Y if all TRXs are EDGE capable, otherwise N -

-10 N 18 0 6 0 ALL Y if all TRXs are EDGE capable, otherwise N -

CS1

CS1

CS1

CS1

CS1

CS1

CS1

CS1

CS1

CS1

CS1

CS1

Cell Type

900_MWAY_MICRO
0.11 0.68 N 0 -102

900E_MWAY_MICRO
0.11 0.68 N 0 -102

900_PICO
0.11 0.68 N 0 -102

5 Enabled N N N 1 1 1 0 00 4 7 11 4 7 11 12.2 / 7.4 / 5.9 / 4.75 7.4 / 5.9 / 4.75 1 1 0 0 00 11 14 0 11

5 Enabled N N N 1 1 1 0 00 4 7 11 4 7 11 12.2 / 7.4 / 5.9 / 4.75 7.4 / 5.9 / 4.75 1 1 0 0 00 11 14 0 11

5 Enabled N N N 1 1 1 0 00 4 7 11 4 7 11 12.2 / 7.4 / 5.9 / 4.75 7.4 / 5.9 / 4.75 1 1 0 0 00 11 14 0 11

14 0 32 1

14 0 32 1

14 0 32 1

ADJ

ADJ

ADJ

2 N 2 N/A N/A N/A N/A bts_id bts_name 2 4 8 -105 N Y

2 Y 2 N/A N/A N/A N/A bts_id bts_name 2 4 8 -105 N Y

2 N 2 N/A N/A N/A N/A bts_id bts_name 2 4 12 -105 N Y

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

Y Optional Feature N 5 0 0

Y Optional Feature N 5 0 0

Y Optional Feature N 5 0 0

24 Y 6 6 90% 10% 0 0 0

24 Y 6 6 90% 10% 0 0 0

24 Y 6 6 90% 10% 0 0 0

0 N

0 N

0 N

BB

BB

BB

Calculated: See comment Calculated: See comment

Calculated: See comment Calculated: See comment

Calculated: See comment Calculated: See comment

0%

0%

0%

Cell Specific

Cell Specific

Cell Specific

0 0 0 20% 0 Y 4444 -100 -95 10 -105 100% 10% 0.24 0.87 0 1 -10

0 0 0 20% 0 Y 4444 -100 -95 10 -105 100% 10% 0.24 0.87 0 1 -10

0 0 0 20% 0 Y 4444 -100 -95 10 -105 100% 10% 0.24 0.87 0 1 -10

33 N/A 6 2 Y or N See COMMENT N

33 N/A 6 2 Y or N See COMMENT N

33 N/A 6 2 Y or N See COMMENT N

15

15

15

100

100

100

5 9 -110 -105 -100 -95 -90 -47

5 9 -110 -105 -100 -95 -90 -47

5 9 -110 -105 -100 -95 -90 -47

0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0

N 0 #N/A NA Y 3 13 N/A #N/A 33

N 0 #N/A NA Y 3 13 N/A #N/A 33

N 0 #N/A NA Y 3 13 N/A #N/A 33

30

30

30

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

0 20 0 N Y 0

20 640 0 Y Y 0

0 20 0 N Y 0

Optional Feature 0 Optional Feature DYN 2 50

Optional Feature 0 Optional Feature DYN 2 50

Optional Feature 0 Optional Feature DYN 2 50

10

10

10

10

10

10

NCC of the BTS -

NCC of the BTS -

NCC of the BTS -

All

All

All

Y 1 14

Y 1 14

Y 1 14

255

255

255

N 33

N 33

N 33

30

30

30

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A 15 N 5 -10

#N/A 15 N 5 -10

#N/A 15 N 5 -10

30

30

30

30

30

30

15

15

15

-117 N -117 -

-117 N -117 -

-117 N -117 -

7 4

7 4

7 4

15

15

15

-10 N 18 0 6 0 ALL Y if all TRXs are EDGE capable, otherwise N -

-10 N 18 0 6 0 ALL Y if all TRXs are EDGE capable, otherwise N -

-10 N 18 0 6 0 ALL Y if all TRXs are EDGE capable, otherwise N -

CS1

CS1

CS1

CS1

CS1

CS1

CS1

CS1

CS1

CS1

CS1

CS1

900E_PICO
0.11 0.68 N 0 -102

1800_PICO
0.11 0.68 N 0 -102

5 Enabled N N N 1 1 1 0 00 4 7 11 4 7 11 12.2 / 7.4 / 5.9 / 4.75 7.4 / 5.9 / 4.75 1 1 0 0 00 11 14 0 11

5 Enabled N N N 1 1 1 0 00 4 7 11 4 7 11 12.2 / 7.4 / 5.9 / 4.75 7.4 / 5.9 / 4.75 1 1 0 0 00 11 14 0 11

14 0 32 1

14 0 32 1

ADJ

ADJ

2 Y 2 N/A N/A N/A N/A bts_id bts_name 2 4 12 -105 N Y

2 Y 2 N/A N/A N/A N/A bts_id bts_name 2 4 12 -105 N Y

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

1 for PCU1, 5 for PCU2

Y Optional Feature N 5 0 0

Y Optional Feature N 5 0 0

24 Y 6 6 90% 10% 0 0 0

24 Y 6 6 90% 10% 0 0 0

0 N

0 N

BB

BB

Calculated: See comment Calculated: See comment

Calculated: See comment Calculated: See comment

0%

0%

Cell Specific

25%

0 0 0 20% 0 Y 4444 -100 -95 10 -105 100% 10% 0.24 0.87 0 1 -10

0 0 0 20% 0 Y 4444 -100 -95 10 -105 100% 10% 0.24 0.87 0 1 -10

33 N/A 6 2 Y or N See COMMENT N

N/A 30 6 2 Y or N See COMMENT N

15

15

100

100

5 9 -110 -105 -100 -95 -90 -47

5 9 -110 -105 -100 -95 -90 -47

0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0

N 0 #N/A NA Y 3 13 N/A #N/A 33

N 0 #N/A NA Y 3 N/A 4 #N/A 33

30

30

#N/A

#N/A

20 640 0 Y Y 0

20 640 0 Y Y 0

Optional Feature 0 Optional Feature DYN 2 50

Optional Feature 0 Optional Feature DYN 2 50

10

10

10

10

NCC of the BTS -

NCC of the BTS -

All

All

Y 1 14

Y 1 14

255

255

N 33

N 33

30

30

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A 15 N 5 -10

0 15 N 5 -10

30

30

30

30

15

15

-117 N -117 -

-117 N -117 -

7 4

7 4

15

15

-10 N 18 0 6 0 ALL Y if all TRXs are EDGE capable, otherwise N -

-10 N 18 0 6 0 ALL Y if all TRXs are EDGE capable, otherwise N -

CS1

CS1

CS1

CS1

CS1

CS1

CS1

CS1

Modified Comments Gb int - Matches our M25 Analysis and network analysis. Note: Meaningful only when link adaption and Baseband Frequency Hopping are used. Matches our M25 Analysis and network analysis None. range -28 to +28 in 4dB steps + 'N' This parameter applies a negative offset to the minimum Ec/No threshold for cell reselection from the serving GSM cell to an adjacent UTRAN FDD cell for dualmode mobiles. This parameter defines the minimum RSCP threshold for cell reselection from the serving GSM cell to an adjacent UTRAN FDD cell for dual-mode mobiles. With this parameter you define the number of blocks reserved for access grant messages from the CCCH during the 51 TDMA frame (a multiframe). NOTE: MML Range: 0..7 (if combined BCCH not used) 1..7 (if CBCH used at SDCCH/8) 0..2 (if combined BCCH used) Also known as bs_pa_mfrms. See embedded comment Implemented by patch rather than MMI. See embedded comment ALT parameter. This is set at BSC level. AUT parameter. This is set at BSC level. TRHO parameter. This is set at BSC level. AMR - See COMMENT AMR - See COMMENT AMR - See COMMENT

11 11.5

AMR - see embedded comment. In BSS13, REPLACE previous FRT1, 2 and 3 parameters. Allow separate DL and UL optimisation of FR codec triggering thresholds.

AMR FR CODEC RATES - See COMMENT AMR HR CODEC RATES-See COMMENT AMR- See COMMENT AMR- See COMMENT AMR- See COMMENT

X X X X X X X

AMR - see embedded comment. In BSS13, REPLACE previous HRT1, 2 and 3 parameters. Allow separate DL and UL optimisation of HR codec triggering thresholds.

AMR - see embedded comment. In BSS13, REPLACE previous HRT1, 2 and 3 parameters. Allow separate DL and UL optimisation of HR codec triggering thresholds.

AMR - set to 32 following trials in Autumn 2007. See UKRE_07_061 With this parameter you define how many SACCH multiframes are used in measurement averaging in the BTS. The BTS calculates averages of the measurements performed by the BTS and the MS. The BTS is able to calculate the average on 2, 3, or 4 SACCH multiframes. Value 1 denies averaging. With this parameter you define the BCCH frequency list used by active MS's. This list is used for handovers and is sent on the SACCH. NOTE: MML Range: ADJ (BCCH frequency list is taken from the adjacent cells defined for the BTS) IDLE (active MSS use the same BCCH frequency list as idle MSS. The same BCCH frequency list is defined by BTS parameter IDLE). NOTE: MML values are contrary to those in NetAct (0<->1) See Embedded Comment With this parameter you define whether C2 reselection parameters are broadcast to mobile stations. The C2 cell reselection allows you to define other criteria for cell reselection in addition to power level. OPTIONAL CBCCH CBCCH. Set low to offload traffic to capacity layers CBCCH. Set higher to encourage traffic offload. CBCCH. Set highest to encourage loading of 1800 layer close in to site. CBCCH Used for CBCCH multi-frequency cells. Use bts_id initially Used for CBCCH multi-frequency cells. Use bts_name initially Blocks for access grant, separated (CBCH With this parameter you define the maximum number of retransmissions on the RACH (random access channel) that the MS can perform. Values optimised July 2007. See embedded comment See Embedded Comment OPTIONAL (Coding Schemes CS3 and CS4) OPTIONAL (Coding Schemes CS3 and CS4 AND GPRS). With this parameter the operator can define if the used GPRS Link Adaptation algorithm is adaptive or not. OPTIONAL (Coding Schemes CS3 and CS4 AND GPRS). With this parameter you can define the initial Coding Scheme of the territory in acknowledge mode in uplink direction. The parameter values 2,3,6 and 7 are valid only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio. MML: Parameter is optional (GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)) and values 2,3,6 and 7 are optional (Coding Schemes CS-3 And CS-4) OPTIONAL (Coding Schemes CS3 and CS4 AND GPRS). With this parameter you can define the initial Coding Scheme of the territory in unacknowledged mode in uplink direction. NOTE: The parameter values 2,3,6 and 7 are valid only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio BTSs. MML: Parameter is optional (GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)) and values 2,3,6 and 7 are optional (Coding Schemes CS-3 And CS-4) OPTIONAL (Coding Schemes CS3 and CS4, GPRS). With this parameter you can define the initial Coding Scheme of the territory in acknowledge mode in downlink direction. The parameter values 2,3,6 and 7 are valid only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio. MML: Parameter is optional (GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)) and values 2,3,6 and 7 are optional (Coding Schemes CS-3 And CS-4)

OPTIONAL (Coding Schemes CS3 and CS4, GPRS). With this parameter you can define the initial Coding Scheme of the territory in unacknowledged mode in downlink direction. NOTE: The parameter values 2,3,6 and 7 are valid only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio BTSs. MML: Parameter is optional (GPRS Param Enabled (GPRS O&M in BSC)) and values 2,3,6 and 7 are optional (Coding Schemes CS-3 And CS-4) OPTIONAL (Directed Retry OR Intelligent Directed Retry (IDR)) OPTIONAL (Directed Retry OR Intelligent Directed Retry (IDR)) OPTIONAL (Directed Retry OR Intelligent Directed Retry (IDR)) OPTIONAL (Directed Retry OR Intelligent Directed Retry (IDR)) OPTIONAL (Directed Retry OR Intelligent Directed Retry (IDR)) OPTIONAL (Directed Retry OR Intelligent Directed Retry (IDR)) With this parameter you define whether MSS are allowed to access the cell. NOTE: MML range: N (cell not barred (MSS are allowed to access the cell) (0)) Y (cell barred (MSS are not allowed to access the cell) (1)) Default: N See Embedded Comment With this parameter you define the number of adjacent cells from the other frequency band that the MS will report in the RX level report. GB Int - Requires EGPRS Requires EGPRS Requires EGPRS Requires EGPRS Requires EGPRS Requires EGPRS OPTIONAL (EMR OR Network-Controlled Cell Re-selection) OPTIONAL. With this parameter you define the radius extension of an extended cell. NOTE: MML Range: Talk-family, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and BTSplus: 0..35 (km). MetroSite and Flexi Multiradio does not support the Extended Range Cell feature. MML related features: Improved solution for Extended Cell radius for 2nd Generation and Talk-family, Extended Cell for UltraSite licence for UltraSite, Extended Cell for Flexi EDGE licence for Flexi EDGE and BTSplus OPTIONAL ( Improved solution for Extended cell radius for Talk-Family and 2nd generation base stations, Extended Cell for US for UltraSite base stations) - BTS type DE34/DF34 (EXT) With this parameter you define whether the BSC supports new establishment causes. BTS Hopping Mode (BB, RF or N). With this parameter you define the frequency hopping mode of the BTS. NOTE: BTS site type 2nd generation base stations does not support RF hopping. In the case of Talk-family, RF and BB hopping cannot be active simultaneously at the same site (BCF). If PrimeSite has a BTS software package of DF6.0 or newer, it does not support frequency hopping. NOTE: MML range: BB (baseband hopping is used) RF (radio frequency hopping is used) N (hopping is not used) Value is calculated in IPD : HSN = (CSRmodulo63 )+ 1, where the CSR is a 6 digit decimal whole number

X X X X X X X

With this parameter you set the MAIO offset that is the lowest MAIO in the cell. With MAIO offset it is possible to use the same MA frequency list for two or more sectors of the site without collisions. With this parameter you choose the MAIOs not to be allocated successively for the cell, but for instance every second or every third value. With this parameter you define the frequency hopping mode of the underlay layer. NOTE: MML Range: 0 (N (hopping is not used)), 1 (BB (baseband hopping is used)), 2 (RF (radio frequency hopping is used)) Default: N X With this parameter you give a load limit for traffic channels in the BTS. If the TCH load in a cell is below the limit traffic, channels for speech and single slot data calls are allocated using rotation between TRXs in a cell and between TSLs of a TRX. If the load limit has been reached or exceeded, the TCH allocation is performed trying to save larger spaces of idle FR resources for possible multislot HSCSD calls by preferring small gaps of free resources and ends of a TRX for single slot calls. With this parameter you determine the amount of PSWonly channels in a BTS. The value of the dedicated GPRS capacity parameter must be smaller than or equal to the value of the default GPRS capacity parameter. With this parameter you determine the default GPRS territory size in a BTS. The channels in the default GPRS territory are used primarily for packet switched traffic. However, if the circuit switched territory becomes congested, the BSC can allocate a traffic channel in the default GPRS territory for circuit switched use. The value of the default GPRS capacity parameter must be higher than or equal to the value of the dedicated GPRS capacityparameter. Attribute enables or disables EGPRS on BTS level. All GPRS-enabled TRXs of the BTS have to be EDGE capable. The GPRS must be enabled in the segment in order to enable EGPRS in the BTS. With this parameter you identify GPRS cells using the routing area code number. NetAct NOTE: When creating BTS using RAC default value 255 the RAC will not be defined for the BTS. GPRS - Link Adaptation used GPRS - Depends on what CS us used by default in LA mode With this parameter you define the allowed probability (%) for the system to make a wrong decision in downlink adaptation. PBCCH - JW says do not want to delay cell reseleciton as GPRS drags cells anyway GPRS - On all cells except GSM1800 BTS single BCCH segments PBCCH required. For CBCCH (1800 BTS) - May require NC2, Same as RxLev Access Min For CBCCH (1800 BTS) - CS2 works fine at -107 with no interference, so -105 should be OK PBCCH required. PBCCH - Same as GPRS non BCCH layer rxlev upper limit (GPU) GPRS - May need to co-ordinate with PCU Planning Gb Int - Same as DL adaption probability threshold (DLA) Gb Int - Matches our M25 Analysis and network analysis Gb Int - Matches our M25 Analysis and network analysis OPTIONAL (GPRS) see comment PBCCH - Same as non BCCH layer offset (NBL) Note does not have the same range as NBL X X X

PBCCH - Same as for GSM900 - GPRS and Network-Controlled Cell Re-selection PBCCH - Same as for GSM1800 - GPRS and Network-Controlled Cell Re-selection OPTIONAL GPRS Used to enable or disable EGPRS link adaptation on cell level. Used to enable EDGE in the BTS. Set to Y only if all TRXs of the BTS are EDGE capable NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define whether the Extended Cell for GPRS/EDGE is enabled in the the cell. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the time period that tells how long the MS's coverage area is kept in the PCU's memory following the release of all TBFs allocated for the MS. NOTE: This parameter is valid only for UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and BTSplus BTSs. Should always be 5. See embedded embedded comment. With this parameter you define the percentage of full rate TCH resources that must be available for traffic channel allocation. Full rate TCHs are allocated until the number of free full rate resources is reduced below the threshold given in the parameter. The half rate resources are then allocated. A full rate channel will be allocated if - the previous channel is a full rate channel, - there is more than one idle channel available, and - the total result of the number of idle channels * 100 is greater than total result of the value of this parameter * number of channels in working state. Otherwise, a half rate channel will be allocated. With this parameter you define which proportion of reserved or unavailable channels in all channels is acceptable. BTS load threshold is one of the parameters used for the handover control process. If the threshold is exceeded, the BTS is considered to be overloaded, and handovers to that BTS will be avoided. With this parameter you define the maximum number of repetitions of the PHYSICAL INFO message during a handover that the transceiver can perform. With this parameter you define the number of SACCH multiframes over which the averaging of the interference level in the unallocated time slots is performed. With these parameters you define the boundary limits of four interference bands for the unallocated time slots. MML sets boundary 0 and 5 values automatically. With these parameters you define the boundary limits of four interference bands for the unallocated time slots. MML sets boundary 0 and 5 values automatically. With these parameters you define the boundary limits of four interference bands for the unallocated time slots. MML sets boundary 0 and 5 values automatically. With these parameters you define the boundary limits of four interference bands for the unallocated time slots. MML sets boundary 0 and 5 values automatically. With these parameters you define the boundary limits of four interference bands for the unallocated time slots. MML sets boundary 0 and 5 values automatically. With these parameters you define the boundary limits of four interference bands for the unallocated time slots. MML sets boundary 0 and 5 values automatically. With this parameter you define the mobile allocation frequency list to which the BTS's underlay layer will be attached. NOTE: MML Range: 0...3000 MML Default: - Value 0 detaches the BTS from any mobile allocation frequency list.

X X

With this parameter you set the lowest MAIO value of the underlay layer per sector. NOTE: MML modification: If the BTS is RF hopping, the BTS or underlay TRXs must be locked. With this parameter you choose the MAIOs of the underlay layer not to be allocated successively for the cell, but for example every second or every third value.

With this parameter you choose the MAIOs of the underlay layer not to be allocated successively for the cell, but for example every second or every third value. With this parameter you define whether IMSI attach/detach is used in the cell. Updated from 2 hours to 3 hours following John Button Field Trial on Paging Issues

With this parameter you define the maximum power level an MS may use in the serving cell for GSM 800 and GSM 900 bands. When the segment usage option is ON and the segment does not contain a BCCH BTS you cannot modify this parameter. With this parameter you define the maximum power level an MS may use in the serving cell. When segment usage option is on and the segment does not contain a BCCH BTS you cannot modify this parameter. NOTE: MML value range: GSM 1800: 0..36 dBm (step size 2) GSM 1900: 0..32 dBm (step size 2) and 33 dBm NOTE: NetAct internal value range: GSM 1800: 0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)/-2 32 dBm: 31 34 dBm: 30 36 dBm: 29 GSM 1900: 0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)/-2 32 dBm: 31 33 dBm: 30 With this parameter you define the maximum power level an MS may use in the serving cell. When segment usage option is on and the segment does not contain a BCCH BTS you cannot modify this parameter. NOTE: MML value range: GSM 1800: 0..36 dBm (step size 2) GSM 1900: 0..32 dBm (step size 2) and 33 dBm NOTE: NetAct internal value range: GSM 1800: 0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)/-2 32 dBm: 31 34 dBm: 30 36 dBm: 29 GSM 1900: 0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)/-2 32 dBm: 31 33 dBm: 30 New lockable range 0 to 64 dB added October 2009. See Embedded Comment Lockable value of N(0) assigned Oct 2009 Value can be either 0 or 15. See embedded comment. With this parameter you define the percentage of full rate TCH resources that must be available for traffic channel allocation. Full rate TCHs are again allocated when the number of the free full rate resources increases above the threshold given by the parameter.

With this parameter you control the TCH channel rate determination in TCH allocation and the TCH speech codec to be allocated during internal intra-cell handover. NOTE: MML Range: 0 (constraints given by the BSS-level parameter TCH rate internal HO are followed) 1 (the call serving type of TCH and the call serving type of speech codec are preferred to be primarily allocated) 2 (the call serving type of TCH and the call serving type of speech codec are preferred to be primarily allocated during the speech connection. The channel rate change is possible during data connection when needed if the radio interface data rate allows it) 3 (the channel rate and speech codec changes are totally denied. The call serving type of channel is the only alternative in TCH allocation) 4 (the preferred channel rate of TCH and preferred speech codec have to be primarily allocated) With this parameter you define the number of free traffic channels that must be exceeded before all access attempts are granted. The value is BTS-specific and common to all traffic types of that BTS. With this parameter you define the number of traffic channels reserved in the BTS for priority subscribers only. OPTIONAL (Improved Trunk Reservation (TR)) OPTIONAL (Improved Trunk Reservation (TR)) With this parameter you define the number of adjacent cells from the other frequency band that the MS will report in the RX level report. With this parameter you define how many call and handover attempts can be queued to wait for a TCH release in a BTS. The parameter value is a ercentage (0 - 100%) of the TCHs in use in a BTS. With this parameter you define whether the call priority in the ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message (or the HANDOVER REQUEST message in handover) from the MSC is taken into account in queue handling. With this parameter you define the call attempt priority in the BTS. Queueing priority call is one of the queueing type priorities. The others are urgent handovers (parameter QPH) and non-urgent handovers (parameter QPN). Note that you have to define the QPU parameter value as Y before the queueing type priorities are taken into account. MML NOTE: Value 1 is the highest priority. With this parameter you define the urgent handover attempt (queueing type) priority in the BTS. Queueing Priority Urgent Handover is one of the queueing type priorities. The others are call attempts (parameter Queueing Priority Call) and non-urgent handovers (parameter Queueing Priority non-urgent handover). Note that you have to define the Queue Priority Used parameter value as Y before the queueing type priorities are taken into account. MML NOTE: Value 1 is the highest priority. With this parameter you define whether the BSC internal queueing type priority (parameters queueing priority call (QPC), queueing priority urgent handover (QPH) and queueing priority non-urgent handover (QPN)) is taken into account in queue handling. With this parameter you define the non-urgent handover attempt (queueing type) priority in the BTS. Queueing priority non-urgent handover is one of the queueing type priorities. The others are: call attempts (parameter QPC) and urgent handovers (parameter QPH). Note that you have to define the QPU parameter value as Y before the queueing type priorities are taken into account. MML NOTE: Value 1 is the highest priority With this parameter you define the maximum queueing time for call attempts (incoming or outgoing) in the BTS in seconds. Value 0 deactivates call attempt queueing.

With this parameter you define the maximum queueing time for handover attempts (both urgent and non-urgent) in the BTS in seconds. See Embedded Comment. With this parameter you define whether RX diversity is used in the BTS. NOTE: This parameter is allowed only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio BTSs. 4-way diversity is available for the UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio site types only. NOTE: If Double Power (DPTRX) TRXs or Intelligent Downlink Diversity (IDD) TRXs are used in Flexi EDGE BTS, the value of this parameter must be Y. With this parameter you define whether the trunk reservation algorithm is used in the cell. With this parameter you identify the BTS colour code number. NOTE: This parameter is mandatory if segment usage <option> is OFF or when a new segment is created

With this parameter you indicate the frequency band used in the BTS. The frequency bands are GSM 800 (800), GSM 900 (900), GSM 1800 (1800) and GSM 1900 (1900). With this parameter you identify the location area code number. NOTE: This parameter is mandatory if segment usage <option> is OFF or when a new segment is created.

With this parameter you define the specified decision threshold table for traffic type(s). NOTE: MML range: Traffic Types: 1 GSM Call Setup 2 MCN Call Setup 3 GSM Handover 4 MCN Handover 5 priority call setup 6 priority handover 7-10 With this parameter you define the MS access classes that are not allowed to access a cell. NOTE: MML range: 0 ... 9 AND 11 ... 15 (&,&&) MML default: You can enter several values at the same time by using the wild card characters & and &&. The old values are overwritten. MML NOTE: To clear the parameter, enter the parameter name only (without a parameter value). With this parameter you allow or deny cell broadcast SMS (short message service) in a cell. NOTE: If the value is "Y", a CBCH must be defined for the cell. With this parameter you define how the MS uses DTX (discontinuous transmission). Also known as TX Integer or TX_Integer. See comment

With this parameter you define the maximum distance between the BTS and the MS in call setup. The maximum distance is expressed as an access delay. Within the range of 0...62, one step correlates to a distance of 550 meters. If the access delay of the channel request message exceeds the given maximum, the call attempt is rejected. When the parameter is given a value from 63 to 255, call attempts are never rejected. With this parameter you define if an emergency call in the cell is allowed to all MSS or only to the MSS which belong to one of the classes between 11 to 15. Value "Y" means the latter case. NOTE: MML range: Y (emergency call in the cell allowed only from the MSS that belong to one of the MS access classes from 11 to 15) N (emergency call in the cell allowed from all MSS) Default: N With this parameter you define whether call re-establishment is allowed in the cell. With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power an MS may use when accessing a CCH in the cell for GSM 900/800 bands. With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power an MS may use when accessing a CCH in the cell for GSM 1800/1900 bands. NOTE: MML value range: GSM 1800: 0..36 dBm (step size 2) GSM 1900: 0..32 dBm (step size 2) and 33 dBm NOTE: NetAct internal value range: GSM 1800: 0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)/-2 32 dBm: 31 34 dBm: 30 36 dBm: 29 GSM 1900: 0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)/-2 32 dBm: 31 33 dBm: 30 With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power an MS may use when accessing a CCH in the cell for GSM 1800/1900 bands. NOTE: MML value range: GSM 1800: 0..36 dBm (step size 2) GSM 1900: 0..32 dBm (step size 2) and 33 dBm NOTE: NetAct internal value range: GSM 1800: 0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)/-2 32 dBm: 31 34 dBm: 30 36 dBm: 29 GSM 1900: 0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)/-2 32 dBm: 31 33 dBm: 30 See Embedded Comment With this parameter you define the minimum acceptable C/N (carrier/noise) ratio when selecting a time slot to be allocated for a call or handover. Gb Int - HCS should not be used Gb Int - As per the standards See embedded comment

With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power level a mobile station may use when accessing a packet control channel in the cell for GSM 1800/1900 bands. NOTE: MML value range: GSM 1800: 0..36 dBm (step size 2) GSM 1900: 0..32 dBm (step size 2) and 33 dBm NOTE: NetAct internal value range: GSM 1800: 0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)/-2 32 dBm: 31 34 dBm: 30 36 dBm: 29 GSM 1900: 0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)/-2 32 dBm: 31 33 dBm: 30 With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power an MS may use when accessing a CCH in the cell for GSM 1800/1900 bands. NOTE: MML value range: GSM 1800: 0..36 dBm (step size 2) GSM 1900: 0..32 dBm (step size 2) and 33 dBm NOTE: NetAct internal value range: GSM 1800: 0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)/-2 32 dBm: 31 34 dBm: 30 36 dBm: 29 GSM 1900: 0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)/-2 32 dBm: 31 33 dBm: 30 This parameter is set on a cell by cell basis to prevent mobiles on the 2G network needlessly searching for a 3G CPICH. Therefore it will default to a value of 15 where no 3G neighbours are defined from the 2G cell. IPD will automatically sets this parameter value to 7, when 3G neighbours are defined to enable reselection. This parameter controls CS reselection. With this parameter you define a BTS-specific downlink noise level. In the BTS the margin between the noise level and the downlink signal level of a connection must be at least the connection type-specific C/N soft blocking limit. TRHO parameter. This is set at BSC level. With this parameter you define a BTS-specific uplink noise level. In the BTS the margin between the noise level and the uplink signal level of a connection must be at least the connection type-specific C/N soft blocking limit. Range MUST be limited to 1 - 1600 to synchronise with planning strategy used for TRX parameter DAP i.d. With this parameter you define the BCCH frequency list used by idle MSS. This list is used for cell reselection and is sent on the BCCH. NOTE: MML range: 0...3000 0 (BCCH frequency list is taken from the adjacent cells defined for the BTS)

With this parameter you can manually select the network service entity identifier to which the BTS/SEG will be connected. If you give this parameter the PCU selection algorithm is not used. The routing area must be created and the NSEI must exist on the routing area the BTS/SEG is using. NOTE: Parameter can be given only when GPRS is enabled at the same time (MML: GENA = Y, NetAct: GPRS Enabled = true). When GPRS is already enabled it needs to be disabled first and then enabled again with a new Network Service Entity Identifier (NSEI). Modification via File Based Plan Provisioning is possible although GPRS is already enabled in the cell. Either Packet Service Entity Identifier (PSEI) or Network Service Entity Identifier (NSEI) can be used for identifying NSE layer. Gb Int - HCS not used-see Comment PBCCH - Not Required This parameter is set on a cell by cell basis to prevent 3G mobiles on the 2G network needlessly searching for a 3G CPICH. Therefore it will default to a value of 15 where no 3G neighbours are defined from the 2G cell. IPD will automatically sets this parameter value to 7, when 3G neighbours are defined to enable reselection. This parameter controls PS reselection. See embedded comment NOT IN USE. This parameter indicates if DTM is enabled in a SEGMENT. This parameter determines the time of day (Hour) when the EGPRS inactivity alarm is disabled. SEE EMBEDDED COMMENT This parameter determines the time of day (Minute) when the EGPRS inactivity alarm is disabled. SEE EMBEDDED COMMENT This parameter determines the time of day (Hour) when the EGPRS inactivity alarm is enabled. SEE EMBEDDED COMMENT This parameter determines the time of day (Minute) when the EGPRS inactivity alarm is enabled. SEE EMBEDDED COMMENT This parameter determines the day of week when the EGPRS inactivity alarm is enabled. SEE EMBEDDED COMMENT NOT IN USE.This parameter identifies the PCU object in the BSC. NOT IN USE.This parameter identifies the Packet Service Entity in the BSC. Enabled for EDGE-equipped BTSs Nov 2011 (John Button) NOTE: Parameter is visible only for UltraSite, MetroSite, Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio site types. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the number of the trunk reservation decision threshold table which will be attached to the BTS. Value 0 detaches traffic type(s) from any table. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you can define the initial Coding Scheme for the GPRS territory in acknowledge mode in the extended coverage area of an extended cell in downlink direction. This parameter is valid only for UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio BTSs. NOTE: Values 2, 3, 6, and 7 require that the licence (Coding Schemes CS-3 And CS-4) state is either ON or CONFIG. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you can define the initial Coding Scheme in acknowledge mode in uplink direction for GPRS territory in the extended coverage area of an extended cell. NOTE: This parameter is valid only for UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio BTSs. NOTE: Values 2, 3, 6, and 7 require that the licence (Coding Schemes CS-3 And CS-4) state is either ON or CONFIG.

X X

NOT IN USE. With this parameter you can define the initial Coding Scheme in unacknowledged mode in downlink direction for GPRS territory in the extended coverage area of an extended cell. NOTE: This parameter is valid only for UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio BTSs. NOTE: Values 2, 3, 6, and 7 require that the licence (Coding Schemes CS-3 And CS-4) state is either ON or CONFIG. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you can define the initial Coding Scheme in unacknowledged mode in uplink direction for the GPRS territoryin the extended coverage area of an extended cell. NOTE: This parameter is valid only for UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio BTSs. NOTE: Values 2, 3, 6, and 7 require that the licence (Coding Schemes CS-3 And CS-4) state is either ON or CONFIG. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you indicate the initial Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) used at the beginning of a TBF for acknowledged mode in the extended coverage area of an extended cell. The parameter is used in EGPRS link adaptation. This parameter is valid only for UltraSite and Flexi EDGE BTSs. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you indicate the Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) used at the beginning of a TBF for unacknowledged mode in the extended coverage area of an extended cell. The parameter is used in EGPRS link adaptation. This parameter is valid only for UltraSite and Flexi EDGE BTSs. This is an OUTPUT parameter which givesTCH count of BTS and its used in RNW recovery

With this parameter user define is AMR-WB codec mode set Enabled or Disabled. NOTE: Parameter is visible only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio BTSs With this parameter you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate). AMR-WB FR Threshold 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR-WB FR Threshold 2. NOTE: MML range: 0 to 63 (0...31.5 dB, step 0.5 dB) MML default: 8 (4 dB) NOTE: Parameter is visible only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio BTSs With this parameter you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate). AMR-WB FR Threshold 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR-WB FR Threshold 1. NOTE: MML range: 0 to 63 (0...31.5 dB, step 0.5 dB) MML default: 14 (7 dB) NOTE: Parameter is visible only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio BTSs

With this parameter, together with AMR-WB FR Threshold 1, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate). AMR-WB FR Threshold 1 + AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR-WB FR Threshold 2 + AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 2. NOTE: MML Range: 0 to 15 (0 to 7.5 dB) MML default: 4 (2 dB) NOTE: Parameter is visible only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio BTSs With this parameter, together with AMR-WB FR Threshold 2, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate). AMR-WB FR Threshold 2 + AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR-WB FR Threshold 1 + AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 1. NOTE: MML Range: 0 to 15 (0 to 7.5 dB) MML default: 4 (2 dB) NOTE: Parameter is visible only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio BTSs. With this parameter you can define whether the Downlink Dual Carrier (DLDC) is used in the BTS or not. DLDC feature activation needs also that the PCU is updated. PCU is updated with the MML command FXU. PCU up to date parameter state is checked with the MML command FXZ. EGPRS must be enabled in order to enable DLDC in the BTS. PCU must be PCU2 for the BTS and it must be PCU2 in all BCSUs in the same track. NOTE: This parameter can be given only to MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio BTSs. PCU must be PCU2 type in whole PCU track. With this parameter user can activate the Flexi EDGE Dual TRX Automatic Power Down feature by setting the load threshold parameter in a value greater than zero. The threshold parameter indicates the amount of traffic channels that has to remain idle after TRXs are powered down. The actual TRX power down is started if the load in the segment remains low enough for a period of time defined by the DTRX Power Down Supervision Period parameter. DTRX Power down threshold must be higher than DTRX Power up threshold if DTRX Power down threshold differes from 0. With this parameter user can define the amount of traffic channels which has to remain free in the segment when TRXs have been powered down by the Flexi EDGE Dual TRX Automatic Power Down feature. When the number of free traffic channels decreases below this threshold value then TRXs are powered up. DTRX Power down threshold must be higher than DTRX Power up threshold if DTRX Power down threshold differes from 0. With this parameter system informs user whether or not DLDC information of all BTSs using this PCU is updated to PCU. Only system can modify this parameter. MML NOTE: The parameter is only shown in outputs.

New

Modified New Modified New Modified

New

11 11.5

12
X X X

12

13
X X

13

14

14

Added or Last Revised in Workbook Version

X X

100047

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

X X X

X X X X X X X X X X X X X

X X X X X X X X

X X X X X 100047

100047

X X X 100047

X X X X X X X X X X X X X

X X X

100047 100047 100047

X X

100047 100047

100052

100052

100052

100052

X X X X X X

100047

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 100047

100047

100047

100047

X X

X X

X X

X X

100047 100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

X X X X

100047

100047

X X X X X X X X X X

X X X X X

X X X X X

100047

100047

100047

X X X X X X X X

X X X X X X X X

100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047

X X X X

100047

100047

100047

X X X X X

100047 100047

100047

100047

100047

X X X X X X 100047

100047

X X X X X X

X X

100047 100047

X X

100047 100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

X X X X

100047

X X 100047

X X X X X

X X X X

X X

100047 100047

100047

100047

X X X X

100047 100047

100047

100047

X X

X X

100047 100047

100047

100047

X X X X X X 100047

100047

100047

X X X X X

100047

100047

100047

100047

X X

X X

X X X X X X X X X X

X X

X X X X X 10053

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

X 100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

X 100047 X 100047

HOC
OBJECT
HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC

EXPLANATION
AMH TRHO pbgt margin (ATPM) AMH traffic control IUO (ATCI) AMH traffic control MCN (ATCM) Threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (QURF) Super reuse bad C/I threshold AMR FR (BCIF) Super reuse good C/I threshold AMR FR (GCIF) Threshold dl Rx qual AMR HR (QDRH) Threshold dl Rx qual for AMR FR (QDRF) Threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (QURH) Intra HO threshold Rx qual AMR FR (IHRF) Intra HO threshold Rx qual AMR HR (IHRH) Super reuse bad C/I threshold AMR HR (BCIH) Super reuse good C/I threshold AMR HR (GCIH) adjacent cell averaging window size (AWS) level downlink window size (LDWS) weighting (LDW) level uplink window size (LUWS)

Q3 NAME
AmhTrhoPBGTMargin amhTrafficControlIUO amhTrafficControlMCN amrHandoverFr amrHandoverHR.intraHOthresholdRXQua averagingWindowSizeAdjCell hoAveragingLevDL weighting hoAveragingLevUL

HOC

weighting (LUW)

weighting

HOC

quality downlink window size (QDWS)

hoAveragingQualDL

HOC

weighting (QDW)

weighting

HOC

quality uplink window size (QUWS)

hoAveragingQualUL

HOC

weighting (QUW)

weighting

HOC HOC HOC

MS distance averaging window size (MSWS) MS speed averaging (MSA) C/I estimation method

msDistanceAveragingParam msSpeedAveraging ciEstMethod

HOC

ciEstMethod

HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC

lower C/I limit for band 1-6 (L1-L6) L1 L2 L5 L4 L5 L6 priority adjustment step for band 1-7 (P1-P7) priority adjustment step for band 1 priority adjustment step for band 2 priority adjustment step for band 5 priority adjustment step for band 4 priority adjustment step for band 5 priority adjustment step for band 6 priority adjustment step for band 7

lowerCILimit lowerCILimit L1 lowerCILimit L2 lowerCILimit L5 lowerCILimit L4 lowerCILimit L5 lowerCILimit L6 priorityAdjStep priorityAdjStep P1 priorityAdjStep P2 priorityAdjStep P5 priorityAdjStep P4 priorityAdjStep P5 priorityAdjStep P6 priorityAdjStep P7

HOC

non bcch layer access threshold (LAR)

nonBcchLayerAccessThr

HOC

non bcch layer exit threshold (LER)

nonBcchLayerExitThr::rxLevel

HOC HOC

non BCCH layer exit threshold Nx (LEN) non bcch layer exit threshold Px (LEP)

nonBcchLayerExitThr::nx nonBcchLayerExitThr::px

HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC

900 reporting offset (R9) 900 reporting threshold (RT9) 1800 reporting offset (R18) 1800 reporting threshold (RT18) FDD reporting offset (FR) FDD reporting threshold (FRT) FDD Reporting Threshold 2 (FRT2) reporting rate (REP) invalid BSIC reporting (IBR)

reportingParams900 :: reportingOffset reportingParams900 :: reportingThreshold reportingParams1800 :: reportingOffset reportingParams1800 :: reportingThreshold reportingParamsFdd :: reportingOffset reportingParamsFdd :: reportingThreshold fddRepThr2 reportingRate invalidBsicReporting

HOC

enable enhanced rapid field drop (ERFD)

erfdEnabled

HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC

enhanced rapid field drop duration (ERD) modified Averaging window (ERAW) modified Number of zero results (ERZ) threshold deep dropping edge (ERT) threshold deep dropping EDGE Px (ERP)

erfdOver modifiedAveWinNcell modifiedNOZ ddeThresholdsLev Px

HOC HOC HOC HOC

threshold deep dropping EDGE Nx (ERN) deep dropping edge monitoring window (ERMW) threshold level uplink for rapid field drop (RPD) count of successive rapid field drop thresholds (CNT)

Nx ddeWindow HOThresholdsRapidLevUl hoThresholdsRapidLevUlN

HOC

MS distance ho threshold ext cell max (MAX)

maxMSDistanceHoThreshold

HOC

MS distance ho threshold ext cell min (MIN)

minMSDistanceHoThreshold

HOC

lower speed limit (LSL)

lowerSpeedLimit

HOC

upper speed limit (USL)

upperSpeedLimit

HOC

MS speed threshold Nx (STN)

msSpeedThresholdNx

HOC

MS speed threshold Px (STP)

msSpeedThresholdPx

HOC

MS speed detection state (SDS)

msSpeedDetectionState

HOC HOC

enable fast averaging call setup (EFA) Enable Intracell Handover Interference UL (EIC)

enaFastAveCallSetup enableIntraHoInterfUL

HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC

min traffic load for speech call (LTSC) inter-system direct access enabled (IDE) triggering ratio for WCDMA RAN cell penalty (TRW) WCDMA RAN cell penalty time (WCP) number of measured FDD cells (FDMR)

utranHoThScTpdc InterSystemDa failMoveThreshold wcdmaRanCellPenalty fddMultiratRep

HOC

enable Inter FRT handover (EFHO)

enableInterFrtIuoHo

HOC HOC HOC HOC

all interfering cells averaged (AVER) interfering cell averaging window size (SIZE) C/I evaluation procedure (ZERO) enable TCH assignment super IUO (ETA)

allInterferingCellsAveraged intfCellAvgWindowSize intfCellNbrOfZeroResults enaTchAssSuperIUO

HOC

min interval between IUO HO req BQ (MIR)

minIntIuoHoReqBQ

HOC HOC

min interval between unsucc IUO HO (MIO) minimum BSIC decode time (TIM)

minIntUnsuccIuoHo minBsicDecodeTime

HOC

super reuse estimation method (METH)

superReuseEstMethod

HOC

super reuse good C/I threshold (GCI)

superReuseGoodCIThreshold

HOC

super reuse good C/I threshold Px (GPX)

px

HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC

super reuse good C/I threshold Nx (GNX) super reuse bad C/I threshold (BCI) super reuse bad C/I threshold Px (BPX) super reuse bad C/I threshold Nx (BNX) super reuse good threshold Rx level (CGR)

nx superReuseBadCIThreslhold superReuseBadCiThreshold px superReuseBadCiThreshold nx superReuseGoodRxLevThreshold

HOC

super reuse good threshold Px (CGP)

superReuseGoodRxLevThreshold px

HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC

super reuse good threshold Nx (CGN) super reuse bad threshold Rx level (CBR) super reuse bad threshold Rx level (CBR), Px (CBP) super reuse bad threshold Rx level (CBR), Nx (CBN) min int between unsucc HO attempt (MIU) handover period power budget (HPP) threshold level downlink Rx level (LDR) Px (LDP), Nx (LDN) threshold level uplink Rx level (LUR) Px (LUP) Nx (LUN) threshold qual downlink Rx qual (QDR) threshold qual downlink Px (QDP)

superReuseGoodRxLevThreshold nx superReuseBadRxLevThreslhold superReuseBadRxLevThreslhold px superReuseBadRxLevThreslhold nx minIntBetweenUnsuccHoAttempt hoPeriodPBGT hoThresholdsLevDL px nx hoThresholdsLevUL px nx hoThresholdsQualDL px

HOC HOC HOC

threshold qual downlink Nx (QDN) threshold qual uplink Rx qual (QUR), Px (QUP), Nx threshold qual uplink Px (QUP)

nx hoThresholdsQualUL px

HOC HOC HOC

threshold qual uplink Nx (QUN) threshold interference downlink Rx level (IDR) threshold interference downlink Px (IDP)

nx hoThresholdsInterferenceDL px

HOC HOC HOC

threshold interference downlink Nx (IDN) threshold interference uplink Rx level (IUR) threshold interference uplink Px (IUP)

nx hoThresholdsInterferenceUL px

HOC HOC HOC

threshold interference uplink Nx (IUN) MS distance threshold param ms max range (MSR) MS distance threshold param Px (MSP)

nx msDistanceHoThresholdParam px

HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC HOC

MS distance threshold param Nx (MSN) GSM PLMN priorisation (GPP) number of zero results (NOZ) all adjacent cells averaged (AAC) enable fast averaging HO (EFH) enable fast averaging PC (EFP) min int between HO req (MIH) handover period umbrella (HPU) Enable Intracell Handover Interference DL (EIH) enable power budget handover (EPB) enable umbrella handover (EUM) enable ms distance process (EMS) enable SDCCH handover (ESD)

nx gsmPlmnPriorisation numberOfZeroResults allAdjacentCellsAveraged enaFastAveHo enaFastAvePC minIntBetweenHoReq HoPeriodUmbrella enableIntraHoInterfDL enablePwrBudgetHandover enableUmbrellaHandover enableMSDistanceProcess enableSDCCHHandover

adjacent WCDMA RAN cell averaging window size (UAWS) utranAveragingNumber

HOC

all adjacent WCDMA RAN cells averaged (UAAC)

allUtranAdjAver

HOC

min interval between unsucc ISHO attempt (UMIU)

minIntUnsuccIsHo

HOC

number of WCDMA RAN zero results (UNOZ)

noOfZeroResUtran

HOC

threshold for multi-RAT MS (QSRC)

qSearchC

HOC HOC

serving band reporting (SBR) intra HO lower rx level limit AMR HR (LLLAMR)

servingBandReporting intraHoLoRxLevLimAmrHr

HOC

intra HO lower rx quality limit AMR (LQLAMR)

intraHoLoRxQualLimAmr

HOC

intra HO upper rx level limit AMR HR (ULLAMR)

intraHoUpRxLevLimAmrHr

From

RANGE

0 -127 -127 0 0 0 0 0 -127 -127 1 1 1 1

steps of 1 steps of 1 steps of 1 steps of 1 steps of 1 steps of 1 steps of 1 ... ... ... ...

...

...

...

...

...

1 1

... ...

AVE / MAX / NONE

-128 -128 -128 -128 -128 -128 -128 -8 -8 -8 -8 -8 -8 -8 -8

... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

chLayerExitThr::rxLevel

ngParams900 :: reportingOffset ngParams900 :: reportingThreshold ngParams1800 :: reportingOffset ngParams1800 :: reportingThreshold ngParamsFdd :: reportingOffset ngParamsFdd :: reportingThreshold -115

0..7 (0 dB ... 42 dB, with 6 dB steps) see comment 0..7 (0 dB ... 42 dB, with 6 dB steps) see comment 0..7 (0 dB .. 42dB, with 6 dB steps) see comment Step 1 SEE COMMENT 0..1

DIS / UL / DL / UDL

1 1 1 0 1

1 1 -110 0

... ...

...

...

...

...

...

...

Yes Yes

/ /

step 1 Y/N

0 0 0

step 1

REG / SUP / DIS

Yes 1 0 0

/ ... ... ...

...

0 0

... ...

AVE / MAX / ICE / NONE

-127

...

...

0 -127 1 1 -47

... ... Step 1 Step 1 ...

...

1 -47 1 1 0 0 -110 1 1 -110 1 1

... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

< 0.2% (0), 0.2% - 0.4% 0 (1), 0.4% - 0.8% (2), 0.8% - 1.6% (3), 1.6% - 3.2% (4), 3.2% - 6.4% (5), 6.4% - 12.8% (6), > 12.8% (7) 1 ...

1 0 1

... ... ...

1 -110 1

... ... ...

1 -110 1

... ... ...

1 0 1

... ... ...

1 0 0 Yes Yes Yes 0 0 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

... ... / / / ... ... / / / / /

Yes

0 -110

Step 1

< 0.2% (0), 0.2 <0.2% - 0.4% (1), 0.4 - 0.8% (2), 0.8 - 1.6% (3), 1.6 - 3.2% (4), 3.2 - 6.4% (5), 6.4 - 12.8% (6), > 12.8% (7)

-110

Step 1

To

UNIT
dB

REC.

MMl

MML

7 127 127 7 7 7 7 7 127 127 32 32 3 32

dB dB

4 10 17

EH EH EH EH EH EH EH EH EH EH EH EH EH EH

SACCH

6 6 1 6

EH

32

EH

EH

32

EH

EH

32 32

10 4

EH EH

MAX

NONE

EH

127 127 127 127 127 127 127 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7

30 25 20 17 15 9 5 1 0 -1 -2 -5 -8

EH EH EH EH EH EH EH EH EH EH EH EH EH EH EH

dB dB dB dB dB dB -53 dBm -

0 0 0 0 0 0 -105

EH EH EH EH EH EH EH

EH

DIS

EH

64 52 52 65 52

sec

10 2 1 10 2

EH EH EH EH EH

dB

52 52 -47 52 SACCH dBm

5 2 -110 0

EH EH EH EH

65

65

EH

65

EH

255

EH

255

EH

52

EH

52

EH

100

EH

No No

No Yes

EH EH

100

% -

80 N 50 127 2

EH EH EH EH EH

100 255 3

% -

No 32 31 32

SACCH

Yes 8 7 -

No 10 2 0

EH EH EH EH

SACCH

255

10

EH

255 128

20 10

EH EH

MAX

NONE

EH

127

15

17

EH

32

EH

32 127 32 32 -110

5 12 4 5 -

10 10 2 6 -80

EH EH EH EH EH

32

EH

32 -110 32 32 30 63 -47 32 32 -47 32 32 7 32

10 -85 2 6 3 6 -95 1 1 -95 1 1 4 4

EH EH EH EH EH EH EH EH EH EH EH EH EH EH

32 7 32

6 4 4

EH EH EH

32 -47 32

6 -85 1

EH EH EH

32 -47 32

1 -85 1

EH EH EH

32 63 32

1 65 1

EH EH EH

32 2 7 No No No 30 63 No No No No No -

1 0

EH EH EH EH EH EH EH EH EH EH EH EH EH

2 No No No 5 6 Yes Yes No No No

No

No

EH

3 -47

dBm

2 -100

EH EH

>12.8%

> 12.8% (7)

EH

-47

dBm

-47

EH

900_MACRO
-5 N N 5 10 17 5 5 5 1 4 10 17 10 10 1 10

900E_MACRO
N N N 5 10 17 5 5 5 1 4 10 17 10 10 1 10

1800_MACRO
N N N 5 10 17 5 5 5 1 4 10 17 6 10 1 10

4 4 NONE

4 4 NONE

4 4 NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE

Optional Feature 30 25 20 17 15 9 Optional Feature 5 1 0 -1 -2 -5 -8

Optional Feature 30 25 20 17 15 9 Optional Feature 5 1 0 -1 -2 -5 -8

Optional Feature 30 25 20 17 15 9 Optional Feature 5 1 0 -1 -2 -5 -8

-90

-90

-90

-95

-95

-95

1 1

1 1

1 1

0 0 0 0 0 0 -105

0 0 0 0 0 0 -105

0 0 0 0 0 0 -105

DIS

DIS

DIS

Optional Feature 2 1 10 2

Optional Feature 2 1 10 2

Optional Feature 2 1 10 2

5 Optional Feature -110 0

5 Optional Feature -110 0

5 Optional Feature -110 0

65

65

65

Optional Feature

Optional Feature

Optional Feature

N Y

N Y

N Y

100 N 50 127 0

100 N 50 127 0

100 N 50 127 0

Dis

Dis

Dis

Y 8 7 0

Y 8 7 0

Y 8 7 0

10

10

10

1 6

1 6

1 6

Max

Max

Max

16

16

10

6 10 4 6 -80

6 10 4 6 -80

4 13 5 4 -80

10 -85 2 6 3 10 -110 32 32 -110 32 32 4 3

10 -85 2 6 3 10 -110 32 32 -110 32 32 4 3

10 -85 2 6 3 6 -110 32 32 -110 32 32 4 3

4 4 3

4 4 3

4 4 3

4 -80 1

4 -80 1

4 -85 1

1 -85 1

1 -85 1

1 -88 1

1 63 10

1 63 10

1 63 10

16 0 2 N N Y 5 0 Y Y N Y N 10

16 0 2 N N Y 5 0 Y Y N Y N 10

16 0 2 N N Y 5 0 Y Y N Y N 10

15

15

15

2 -100

2 -100

2 -100

> 12.8% (7)

> 12.8% (7)

> 12.8% (7)

-47

-47

-47

Cell Type

900_MICRO
-5 N N 5 10 17 5 5 5 1 4 10 17 10 10 1 10

900E_MICRO
N N N 5 10 17 5 5 5 1 4 10 17 10 10 1 10

1800_MICRO
N N N 5 10 17 5 5 5 1 4 10 17 10 10 1 10

4 4 NONE

4 4 NONE

4 4 NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE

Optional Feature 30 25 20 17 15 9 Optional Feature 5 1 0 -1 -2 -5 -8

Optional Feature 30 25 20 17 15 9 Optional Feature 5 1 0 -1 -2 -5 -8

Optional Feature 30 25 20 17 15 9 Optional Feature 5 1 0 -1 -2 -5 -8

-90

-90

-90

-95

-95

-95

1 1

1 1

1 1

0 0 0 0 0 0 -105

0 0 0 0 0 0 -105

0 0 0 0 0 0 -105

DIS

DIS

DIS

Optional Feature 2 1 10 2

Optional Feature 2 1 10 2

Optional Feature 2 1 10 2

5 Optional Feature -110 0

5 Optional Feature -110 0

5 Optional Feature -110 0

65

65

65

Optional Feature

Optional Feature

Optional Feature

N Y

N Y

N Y

100 N 50 127 0

100 N 50 127 0

100 N 50 127 0

Dis

Dis

Dis

Y 8 7 0

Y 8 7 0

Y 8 7 0

10

10

10

1 6

1 6

1 6

Max

Max

Max

16

16

10

6 10 4 6 -80

6 10 4 6 -80

4 13 5 4 -80

10 -85 2 6 3 4 -110 32 32 -110 32 32 4 3

10 -85 2 6 3 4 -110 32 32 -110 32 32 4 3

10 -85 2 6 3 4 -110 32 32 -110 32 32 4 3

4 4 3

4 4 3

4 4 3

4 -80 1

4 -80 1

4 -85 1

1 -85 1

1 -85 1

1 -88 1

1 63 10

1 63 10

1 63 10

16 0 2 N N Y 5 0 Y Y N N N 10

16 0 2 N N Y 5 0 Y Y N N N 10

16 0 2 N N Y 5 0 Y Y N N N 10

15

15

15

2 -100

2 -100

2 -100

> 12.8% (7)

> 12.8% (7)

> 12.8% (7)

-47

-47

-47

ell Type

900_MWAY_MICRO
N N N 5 10 17 5 5 5 1 4 10 17 10 10 1 10

900E_MWAY_MICRO
N N N 5 10 17 5 5 5 1 4 10 17 10 10 1 10

900_PICO
N N N 5 10 17 5 5 5 1 4 10 17 10 10 1 10

4 4 NONE

4 4 NONE

4 4 NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE

Optional Feature 30 25 20 17 15 9 Optional Feature 5 1 0 -1 -2 -5 -8

Optional Feature 30 25 20 17 15 9 Optional Feature 5 1 0 -1 -2 -5 -8

Optional Feature 30 25 20 17 15 9 Optional Feature 5 1 0 -1 -2 -5 -8

-90

-90

-90

-95

-95

-95

1 1

1 1

1 1

0 0 0 0 0 0 -105

0 0 0 0 0 0 -105

0 0 0 0 0 0 -105

DIS

DIS

DIS

Optional Feature 2 1 10 2

Optional Feature 2 1 10 2

Optional Feature 2 1 10 2

5 Optional Feature -110 0

5 Optional Feature -110 0

5 Optional Feature -110 0

65

65

65

Optional Feature

Optional Feature

Optional Feature

N Y

N Y

N Y

100 N 50 127 0

100 N 50 127 0

100 N 50 127 0

Dis

Dis

Dis

Y 8 7 0

Y 8 7 0

Y 8 7 0

10

10

10

1 6

1 6

1 6

Max

Max

Max

16

16

16

6 10 4 6 -80

6 10 4 6 -80

6 10 4 6 -80

10 -85 2 6 3 10 -110 32 32 110 32 32 4 3

10 -85 2 6 3 10 -110 32 32 110 32 32 4 3

10 -85 2 6 3 10 -110 32 32 -110 32 32 3 3

4 4 3

4 4 3

4 3 3

4 -80 1

4 -80 1

4 -80 1

1 -85 1

1 -85 1

1 -85 1

1 63 10

1 63 10

1 63 10

16 0 2 N N Y 5 0 Y Y N Y N 10

16 0 2 N N Y 5 0 Y Y N Y N 10

16 0 2 N N Y 5 0 Y Y N N N 10

15

15

15

2 -100

2 -100

2 -100

> 12.8% (7)

> 12.8% (7)

> 12.8% (7)

-47

-47

-47

900E_PICO
N N N 5 10 17 5 5 5 1 4 10 17 10 10 1 10

1800_PICO
N N N 5 10 17 5 5 5 1 4 10 17 10 10 1 10

4 4 NONE

4 4 NONE

NONE

NONE

Optional Feature 30 25 20 17 15 9 Optional Feature 5 1 0 -1 -2 -5 -8

Optional Feature 30 25 20 17 15 9 Optional Feature 5 1 0 -1 -2 -5 -8

-90

-90

-95

-95

1 1

1 1

0 0 0 0 0 0 -105

0 0 0 0 0 0 -105

DIS

DIS

Optional Feature 2 1 10 2

Optional Feature 2 1 10 2

5 Optional Feature -110 0

5 Optional Feature -110 0

65

65

Optional Feature

Optional Feature

N Y

N Y

100 N 50 127 0

100 N 50 127 0

Dis

Dis

Y 8 7 0

Y 8 7 0

10

10

1 6

1 6

Max

Max

16

10

6 10 4 6 -80

6 13 4 6 -80

10 -85 2 6 3 10 -110 32 32 -110 32 32 3 3

10 -85 2 6 3 10 -110 32 32 -110 32 32 3 3

4 3 3

4 3 3

4 -80 1

4 -80 1

1 -85 1

1 -85 1

1 63 10

1 63 10

16 0 2 N N Y 5 0 Y Y N N N 10

16 0 2 N N Y 5 0 Y Y N N N 10

15

15

2 -100

2 -100

> 12.8% (7)

> 12.8% (7)

-47

-47

Comments With this parameter you define the power budget margin used in Advance Multilayer Handling when the load of the cell exceeds the value defined with the AMH Upper Load Threshold (AUT). With this parameter you indicate whether the Advanced Multilayer Handling is used with Intelligent Underlay- Overlay. With this parameter you indicate whether the Advanced Multilayer Handling is used with microcells or dual band. AMR - optimised value following trials in Summer 2006 AMR - not in use AMR - not in use AMR - optimised value following trials in Summer 2006 AMR - optimised value following trials in Summer 2006 AMR - optimised value following trials in Summer 2006 AMR - optimised value following trials in Summer 2006 AMR - optimised value following trials in Summer 2006 AMR - not in use AMR - not in use With this parameter you define the window size for averaging the signal quality, signal level and distance measurement results. The parameters calculate averaged values from signal strength downlink measurements. The window size represents the averaging window size in SACCH periods. The parameters calculate averaged values from signal strength uplink measurements. The window size represents the averaging window size in SACCH periods. With this parameter you define the weighting factor for calculating the averaged values from the signal strength uplink measurements for the handover control. This parameter indicates the weighting factor for measurements that have not used Discontinuous Transmission (DTX). NOTE: Value 1 indicates the DTX measurements weighting factor. Value 3 indicates the highest weighting factor. The parameters calculate averaged values from signal quality downlink measurements. The window size represents the averaging window size in SACCH periods. With this parameter you define the weighting factor for calculating the averaged values from the signal quality downlink measurements for the power control procedure. This parameter indicates the weighting factor for measurements that have not used Discontinuous Transmission (DTX). NOTE: Range: Value 1 indicates the DTX measurements for the weighting factor. Value 3 indicates the highest weighting factor. The parameters calculate averaged values from signal quality uplink measurements. Window size represents the averaging window size in SACCH periods.

Modified

11 11.5

X X X X X

X X X X X X X

With this parameter you define the weighting factor for calculating the averaged values from the signal quality uplink measurements for the power control procedure. This parameter indicates the weighting factor for measurements that have not used Discontinuous Transmission (DTX). NOTE: Range: Value 1 indicates the DTX measurements for the weighting factor. Value 3 indicates the highest weighting factor. The parameter is the averaging parameter for triggering the handover process because the MS is out of the cell boundary. With this parameter you define the number of SACCH multiframes over which the averaging is done. With this parameter you define the averaging window size for the MS speed indications from the BTS. OPTIONAL (C/I Based Handover Candidate Evaluation) With these parameters you define the estimated cochannel interference level for each of the 6 interference bands. This interference level is compared to the cochannel interference level parameter of the handover candidate to find out the priority adjustment step used. NOTE: Range: Default values for lower C/I limit for band L1-L6: L1: 30 L2: 25 L3: 20 L4: 17 L5: 13 L6: 9

OPTIONAL (C/I Based Handover Candidate Evaluation) OPTIONAL (C/I Based Handover Candidate Evaluation) OPTIONAL (C/I Based Handover Candidate Evaluation) OPTIONAL (C/I Based Handover Candidate Evaluation) OPTIONAL (C/I Based Handover Candidate Evaluation) OPTIONAL (C/I Based Handover Candidate Evaluation) OPTIONAL (C/I Based Handover Candidate Evaluation) OPTIONAL (C/I Based Handover Candidate Evaluation) With this parameter you define a threshold value for the estimated downlink signal level on non-BCCH layer for a moving MS from BCCH layer to non-BCCH layer. The exception is when the BCCH has been configured to GSM 1900 band in GSM800/GSM1900 Common BCCH cell. In that case you define a threshold value for the downlink signal level on GSM 1900 layer for allowing access to GSM 1900 BCCH layer. With this parameter you define a threshold value for the measured downlink signal level on non-BCCH layer for a moving MS from non-BCCH layer to BCCH layer. The exception is when the BCCH has been configured to GSM1900 band in GSM800/GSM1900 Common BCCH cell. In that case you define a threshold value for the measured downlink signal level on GSM 1900 layer for a moving MS from GSM 1900 BCCH layer to GSM 800 layer. With this parameter you define the total number of the averaged values of the signal strength downlink measurements for triggering the handover. With this parameter you define the number of averaged signal strength downlink measurements for triggering the handover.

OPTIONAL (EMR Support OR NCCR) OPTIONAL (EMR Support OR NCCR) OPTIONAL (EMR Support OR NCCR) OPTIONAL (EMR Support OR NCCR) OPTIONAL (EMR Support OR NCCR) OPTIONAL (EMR Support OR NCCR) The parameter defines the reporting threshold for the adjacent UTRAN FDD cell in the serving GSM cell. The non-reported measugrement quantity CPICH RSCP has to be equal or greater han the threshold value before the UTRAN FDD cell is reported. OPTIONAL (EMR Support) OPTIONAL (EMR Support) With this parameter you indicate when the Enhanced Rapid Field Drop feature is enabled. NOTE: MML RANGE: DIS (enhanced rapid field drop is disabled), UL (rapid field drop detection is based on uplink measurements), DL (rapid field drop detection is based on downlink measurements), UDL (rapid field drop detection is based on both uplink and downlink measurements) With this parameter you define how long the modified averaging window is being used after the deep dropping edge in serving cell signal is detected. With this parameter you indicate the new averaging window size of the serving cell and adjacent cell. A new averaging window is employed after the deep dropping edge in serving cell signal is detected. With this parameter you indicate the new number of zero results after the deep dropping edge in serving cell signal is detected. The parameter is used for comparing the size of the signal drop for triggering the rapid The parameter is used for comparing the size of the signal drop for triggering the rapid field drop handover. Number of measurement sample frames when the deep dropping edge is detected. The parameter is used for comparing the size of the signal drop for triggering the rapid field drop handover. Total number of measurement samples to be taken into account before the handover decision is possible. With this parameter you define the number of SACCH frames that the deep dropping edge is checked against. With this parameter you define an uplink Rx threshold level for rapid field drop. With this parameter you define how many successive rapid field drop thresholds have to be triggered before a call will be handed over to a chained adjacent cell. With this parameter you define the threshold level for the maximum value of timing advance. If this threshold is reached, the call is handed over to an extended area of an extended cell in the case of the Talk-family, UltraSite site and Flexi EDGE type, and to an outer cell or another cell in the case of the 2nd generation site type. With this parameter you define the threshold level of minimum value of timing advance. If this threshold is reached, the call is handed over to a normal area of an extended cell in the case of the Talk-family, UltraSite and Flexi EDGE site type, and to an inner or another cell in the case of the 2nd generation site type. With this parameter you define the lower speed threshold for an MS. If the speed of the MS is lower than this threshold, the MS will be handed over to a lower layer adjacent cell (if any). One parameter step equals the speed of 2 km/h. If the value is zero, then the lower speed verifying will not be made. With this parameter you define the upper speed threshold for an MS. If the speed of the MS is higher than this threshold, the MS will be handed over to a upper layer adjacent cell (if any). One parameter step equals the speed of 2 km/h. If the value is zero, the upper speed verifying is not made.

The parameter is used in threshold comparison between the averaged MS speed and the upper and lower speed thresholds. Nx is the total number of averages to be taken into account before the decision is possible. This parameter is common to both lower and upper speed thresholds. The parameter is used in threshold comparison between the averaged MS speed and the upper and lower speed thresholds. Px is the number of averages out of total averages that have to be lower/higher than the threshold, before a handover due to MS speed is possible. This parameter is common to both lower and upper speed thresholds. With this parameter you indicate the method used for MS speed detection algorithm. NOTE: MML RANGE: 0 (MS speed algorithm is used for handover between macro and micro layers), 1-100 (variable window size feature is used and the parameter indicates the scaling factor for averaging window size) With this parameter you indicate whether the Fast Handover Measurement Averaging Method is enabled in the call setup phase in the SDCCH channel. With this parameter you indicate whether an intracell handover caused by uplink interference is enabled. The parameter does not affect handovers between normal and extended areas. With this parameter you define the minimum traffic load that must be exceeded on the serving GSM cell before the handover algorithm is allowed to initiate a handover for a speech call from the serving GSM cell to a WCDMA RAN cell. OPTIONAL (Inter-System Handover) OPTIONAL (Inter-System Handover) OPTIONAL (Inter-System Handover) With this parameter you define the number of the best valid WCDMA RAN cells to be reported by a dual mode mobile in the list of the strongest cells or in the measurement report. With this parameter you indicate whether a handover between super-reuse frequency groups is enabled in situations when a handover to a regular TRX is not possible. NOTE: MML Range: REG (handover between super-reuse frequency groups is enabled, but a handover back to a regular frequency group is always preferable (1)), SUP ( handover between super-reuse frequency groups is enabled and it is preferable in case of bad C/I ratio (2)), DIS (handover between super-reuse frequency groups is disabled (0)) OPTIONAL (Intelligent Underlay Overlay) OPTIONAL (Intelligent Underlay Overlay) With this parameter you indicate whether the TCH assignment to a super-reuse TRX is enabled in IUO and what the BSIC (Base Station Identity Code) decoding time in SDCCH is. NOTE: The value zero means that TCH assignment to superreuse TRX is disabled. With this parameter you define the minimum time for handover attempt from a regular TRX to a super-reuse TRX. This minimum interval is calculated after a successful HO from this particular super-reuse TRX to a regular TRX, when there has been a bad quality experience in this super-reuse TRX. With this parameter you indicate the length of time interval between handover attempts when a HO attempt from a regular TRX to a super-reuse TRX has failed. With this parameter you determine the period after a call set-up or a handover during which the handover to a super-reuse TRX is not possible.

With this parameter you define the method which will be used in the handover evaluation procedure when the handover algorithm calculates either the downlink C/I ratio for Intelligent Underlay-Overlay (IUO) or the downlink signal level for Intelligent Coverage Enhancement (ICE). NOTE: MML Range: AVE (average taking method for IUO), MAX (maximum taking method for IUO), ICE (handover support for ICE), NONE (IUO or ICE is not in use for this cell) NOTE: Parameter range is dependent on the use of optional features. Parameter values AVE and MAX are visible if the optional feature Intelligent Underlay Overlay is enabled, and parameter value ICE is visible if Intelligent Coverage Enhancement is enabled. Value NONE is always visible. The parameter compares the downlink C/I ratio on a super-reused TRX for triggering a handover to the superreused TRX. C/I ratio: Threshold level for a handover. The parameter compares the downlink C/I ratio on a super-reused TRX for triggering a handover to the superreused TRX. Px: Number of comparisons out of total comparisons that have to be greater than or equal to the threshold before a handover is possible. The parameter compares the downlink C/I ratio on a super-reused TRX for triggering a handover to the superreused TRX. Nx: Total number of comparisons to be taken into account before a decision is possible. The parameter compares the downlink C/I ratio on a super-reused TRX for triggering a handover from the super-reused TRX. C/I ratio: Threshold level for a handover. The parameter compares the downlink C/I ratio on a super-reused TRX for triggering a handover from the super-reused TRX. Px: Number of omparisons out of total The parameter compares the downlink C/I ratio on a super-reused TRX for triggering a handover from the super-reused TRX. Nx: Total number of comparisons to be taken into The parameter is used for comparing the downlink signal level for triggering a handover to the super-reuse TRX. The parameter is used for comparing the downlink signal level for triggering a handover to the super-reuse TRX. Px: Number of comparisons out of total comparisons where the downlink signal level has to be greater or equal to the threshold before a handover decision is possible. The parameter is used for comparing the downlink signal level for triggering a handover to the super-reuse TRX. Nx: Total number of comparisons to be taken into account before the handover decision is possible. The parameter is used for comparing the downlink signal level of the super-reuse TRX for triggering the handover to a regular TRX.

With this parameter you define the minimum interval between unsuccessful handover attempts related to the same connection. With this parameter you define the interval between power budget handover threshold comparisons. See Embedded Comment See Embedded Comment See Embedded Comment See Embedded Comment See Embedded Comment See Embedded Comment The parameters compare the averaged values of signal quality downlink measurements for triggering the handover process. The parameters compare the averaged values of signal quality downlink measurements for triggering the handover process. Px: Number of averages that have to be upper/lower than the threshold.

The parameters compare the averaged values of signal quality downlink measurements for triggering the handover process. Nx: Number of averages that have to be taken into account when making a handover decision. The parameters compare the averaged values of signal quality uplink measurements for triggering the handover process. Px: Number of averages that have to be upper/lower than the threshold. The parameters compare the averaged values of signal quality uplink measurements for triggering the handover process. Nx: Number of averages that have to be taken into account when making a handover decision. The parameters compare the averaged values of interference downlink measurements for triggering the handover process. The parameters compare the averaged values of interference downlink measurements for triggering the handover process. Px: Number of averages that have to be upper/lower than the threshold. The parameters compare the averaged values of interference downlink measurements for triggering the handover process. Nx: Number of averages that have to be taken into account when making a handover decision. The parameters compare the averaged values of interference uplink measurements for triggering the handover process. The parameters compare the averaged values of interference uplink measurements for triggering the handover process. Px: Number of averages that have to be upper/lower than the threshold. The parameters compare the averaged values of interference uplink measurements for triggering the handover process. Nx: Number of averages that have to be taken into account when making a handover decision. The parameters compare the MS-BS distance with the maximum allowed distance. The parameters compare the MS-BS distance with the maximum allowed distance. Px is the number of distances that have to be greater than the maximum distance before making a handover decision. The parameters compare the MS-BS distance with the maximum allowed distance. Nx is the number of distances that have to be taken into account when making a handover decision. Used only for CS handovers. With this parameter you define the number of zero results which can be omitted when the measurement results of the adjacent cells are averaged. Adjacent cells averaging: 6 best or 52 (AAC) With this parameter you indicate whether the Fast Handover Measurement Averaging Method is enabled after handovers and in the new TCH. With this parameter you indicate whether the Fast Handover Measurement Averaging Method after power control is enabled. With this parameter you define the minimum interval between handovers related to the same connection. With this parameter you define the interval between umbrella handover threshold comparisons. With this parameter you indicate whether an intracell handover caused by downlink interference is enabled. The parameter does not affect handovers between normal and extended areas. With this parameter you indicate whether the BTS power budget handover control is enabled. With this parameter you indicate whether the BTS umbrella handover is enabled. With this parameter you indicate whether the BTS - MS distance process is enabled. With this parameter you indicate whether the BTS SDCCH handover is enabled. With this parameter you define the window size for averaging the signal quality, signal level and distance measurement results that are adjacent WCDMA RAN cell related.

With this parameter you indicate whether the signal measurement results will be averaged for all adjacent WCDMA RAN cells, or only for the three best adjacent WCDMA RAN cells. With this parameter you define the minimum length of time interval between inter-system handover attempts related to the same connection and the same non-GSM cell when a handover attempt from the serving GSM cell to a non-GSM cell has been unsuccessful. With this parameter you define the number of zero results that can be omitted when the measurement results of the adjacent WCDMA RAN cells are averaged. With this parameter you indicate a threshold for multi-RAT (radio access technology) MSS in dedicated state to measure WCDMA RAN neighbour cells introduced in 3G Cell Reselection list when the measured downlink signal level (RLA_C) of the serving cell is below (0-7) or above (8-15) the threshold. NOTE: If the parameter value is 7 then dual mode GSM/WCDMA (multi-RAT) MSS in dedicated state measure always neighbour WCDMA RAN cell(s). If the parameter value is 15 then dual mode GSM/WCDMA (multi-RAT) MSS in dedicated state do not measure any of the neighbour WCDMA RAN cells. With this parameter you define the number of cells from the serving GSM frequency band that shall be included in the Enhanced Measurement Report. This parameter defines the limit for averaged uplink and downlink signal level. If averaged uplink or downlink signal level is worse than this parameter then the quality based intra cell handovers are not allowed. This parameter defines the limit of the averaged uplink and downlink signal quality. If averaged uplink or downlink signal quality is worse than this parameter then the quality based intra cell handovers are not allowed. NOTE: MML range: 0...7, default 7 This parameter defines the limit for averaged uplink and downlink signal level. If averaged uplink or downlink signal level is better than this parameter then the quality based intra cell handovers are not allowed.

New

11 11.5

Modified New Modified New Modified New Added or Last Revised in Workbook Version

12
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

12

13

13

14
X X X

14

100047 100047 100047

X X

100047 100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

X X

100047 100047

100047

100047

100047

X X

X X

100047 100047

X X X X X X

X X X X X X X

100047

X X X X X

X X X X X

100047 100047 100047 100047 100047

X X

100047 100047 100047 100047

X X

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

X X

X X

100047 100047

X X X

X X X

100047

X X X X X 100047

100047

X X

100047 100047

100047

100047

100047

X X X X X

100047 100047 100047 100047 100047

100047

X X

100047 100047

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

X X

100047 100047

X X

100047 100047

X X X

100047

100047

X X X

X X X

100047 100047 100047

X X X

X X X

100047 100047 100047

X X X

X X X

100047 100047 100047

X X X

100047

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

100047

100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047

100047

100047

100047

X X

100047

100047 X 100047 X 100047

Handover Matrix for Co-Aligned Cells

Destination Co-Aligned Cell Type Source Cell Type
PGSM PGSM PGSM PGSM PGSM PGSM EGSM EGSM EGSM EGSM EGSM EGSM 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 PGSM N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A -107 30 -5 -5 3 -107 -107 30 3 3 3 -107 EGSM -96 -20 24 24 4 -47 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A -96 63 3 3 5 -47 1800 -78 -20 24 24 4 -47 -78 -20 3 3 4 -47 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Parameter rxLevMinCell hoMarginPBGT hoMarginLev hoMarginQual hoPriorityLevel dr threshold rxLevMinCell hoMarginPBGT hoMarginLev hoMarginQual hoPriorityLevel dr threshold rxLevMinCell hoMarginPBGT hoMarginLev hoMarginQual hoPriorityLevel dr threshold

NOTE:

Co-aligned stacks of cells may be formed from Macro cells, Micro cells or Pico cells. These parameters are applicable to all such co-aligned cell stacks.

Handover Matrix for Adjacent Cells

Destination Adja Source Cell Type

900_MACRO 900_MACRO 900_MACRO 900_MACRO 900_MACRO 900_MACRO 900E_MACRO 900E_MACRO 900E_MACRO 900E_MACRO 900E_MACRO 900E_MACRO 1800_MACRO 1800_MACRO 1800_MACRO 1800_MACRO 1800_MACRO 1800_MACRO 900_MICRO 900_MICRO 900_MICRO 900_MICRO 900_MICRO 900_MICRO 900_PICO 900_PICO 900_PICO 900_PICO 900_PICO 900_PICO 1800_PICO 1800_PICO 1800_PICO 1800_PICO 1800_PICO 1800_PICO 900_MWAY_MICRO 900_MWAY_MICRO 900_MWAY_MICRO 900_MWAY_MICRO 900_MWAY_MICRO 900_MWAY_MICRO 1800_MICRO Parameter 900_MACRO 900E_MACRO 1800_MACRO 900_MICRO rxLevMinCell -107 -107 -78 -85 hoMarginPBGT 6 6 2 -20 hoMarginLev 3 24 24 24 hoMarginQual 3 24 24 24 hoPriorityLevel 3 5 4 3 dr threshold -90 -47 -47 -90 rxLevMinCell -107 -96 -78 -95 hoMarginPBGT 6 6 2 30 hoMarginLev 3 3 3 3 hoMarginQual 3 3 3 3 hoPriorityLevel 3 5 4 3 dr threshold -90 -47 -47 -90 rxLevMinCell -107 -107 -107 -95 hoMarginPBGT 15 15 6 30 hoMarginLev 3 3 3 3 hoMarginQual 3 3 3 3 hoPriorityLevel 3 5 3 3 dr threshold -90 -47 -47 -90 rxLevMinCell -107 -107 -88 -107 hoMarginPBGT 63 63 63 4 hoMarginLev 24 24 24 0 hoMarginQual -24 -24 -24 0 hoPriorityLevel 3 5 4 3 dr threshold -90 -47 -47 -90 rxLevMinCell -107 -107 -88 -95 hoMarginPBGT 63 63 63 63 hoMarginLev 9 9 9 9 hoMarginQual -24 -24 -24 -24 hoPriorityLevel 3 3 3 3 dr threshold -90 -47 -47 -90 rxLevMinCell -107 -107 -88 -95 hoMarginPBGT 63 63 63 63 hoMarginLev 9 9 9 9 hoMarginQual -24 -24 -24 -24 hoPriorityLevel 3 3 3 3 dr threshold -100 -47 -47 -100 rxLevMinCell -107 -107 -88 -107 hoMarginPBGT 63 63 63 63 hoMarginLev 9 9 9 9 hoMarginQual -24 -24 -24 -24 hoPriorityLevel 3 3 3 3 dr threshold -90 -47 -47 -90 rxLevMinCell -107 -107 -88 -107

1800_MICRO 1800_MICRO 1800_MICRO 1800_MICRO 1800_MICRO 900E_MICRO 900E_MICRO 900E_MICRO 900E_MICRO 900E_MICRO 900E_MICRO 900E_MWAY_MICRO 900E_MWAY_MICRO 900E_MWAY_MICRO 900E_MWAY_MICRO 900E_MWAY_MICRO 900E_MWAY_MICRO 900E_PICO 900E_PICO 900E_PICO 900E_PICO 900E_PICO 900E_PICO

hoMarginPBGT hoMarginLev hoMarginQual hoPriorityLevel dr threshold rxLevMinCell hoMarginPBGT hoMarginLev hoMarginQual hoPriorityLevel dr threshold rxLevMinCell hoMarginPBGT hoMarginLev hoMarginQual hoPriorityLevel dr threshold rxLevMinCell hoMarginPBGT hoMarginLev hoMarginQual hoPriorityLevel dr threshold

63 24 -24 3 -90 -107 63 24 -24 3 -90 -107 63 9 -24 3 -90 -107 63 9 -24 3 -90

63 24 -24 5 -47 -107 63 24 -24 5 -47 -107 63 9 -24 3 -47 -107 63 9 -24 3 -47

63 24 -24 4 -47 -88 63 24 -24 4 -47 -88 63 9 -24 3 -47 -88 63 9 -24 3 -47

4 0 0 3 -90 -107 4 0 0 3 -90 -107 63 9 -24 3 -90 -95 63 9 -24 3 -90

Destination Adjacent Cell Type

900_PICO 1800_PICO 900_MWAY_MICRO 1800_MICRO 900E_MICRO 900E_MWAY_MICRO -85 -88 -85 -85 -85 -85 -20 -20 6 30 30 30 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 3 3 3 3 3 3 -90 -90 -90 -90 -90 -90 -85 -88 -85 -85 -85 -85 -20 -20 6 30 30 30 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 3 4 3 3 3 3 -90 -90 -90 -90 -90 -90 -85 -88 -85 -85 -85 -85 30 30 30 30 30 30 3 3 3 24 24 24 3 3 3 24 24 24 3 3 3 3 3 3 -90 -90 -90 -90 -90 -90 -85 -88 -85 -85 -85 -85 -20 -20 6 30 30 30 24 24 24 24 24 24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 3 3 3 3 3 3 -90 -90 -90 -90 -90 -90 -107 -88 -85 -85 -85 -85 4 4 6 30 30 30 9 9 24 24 24 24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 3 4 3 3 3 3 -90 -90 -90 -90 -90 -90 -85 -107 -85 -85 -85 -85 4 4 6 30 30 30 9 9 24 24 24 24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 3 3 3 3 3 3 -100 -100 -100 -100 -100 -100 -107 -107 -107 -85 -85 -85 63 63 4 30 30 30 9 9 0 24 24 24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 3 3 3 3 3 3 -90 -90 -90 -90 -90 -90 -85 -88 -107 -107 -85 -85

-20 24 -24 3 -90 -85 -20 24 -24 3 -90 -107 63 9 -24 3 -90 -107 4 9 -24 3 -90

-20 24 -24 3 -90 -88 -20 24 -24 3 -90 -107 63 9 -24 3 -90 -88 4 9 -24 4 -90

63 24 -24 3 -90 -107 63 24 -24 3 -90 -107 4 0 0 3 -90 -85 6 24 -24 3 -90

4 0 0 3 -90 -85 30 24 -24 3 -90 -85 30 24 -24 3 -90 -85 30 24 -24 3 -90

30 24 -24 3 -90 -107 4 0 0 3 -90 -85 30 24 -24 3 -90 -85 30 24 -24 3 -90

30 24 -24 3 -90 -85 30 24 -24 3 -90 -107 4 0 0 3 -90 -85 30 24 -24 3 -90

900E_PICO -85 30 24 24 3 -90 -85 30 24 24 3 -90 -85 30 24 24 3 -90 -85 30 24 -24 3 -90 -85 30 24 -24 3 -90 -85 30 24 -24 3 -100 -85 30 24 -24 3 -90 -85

Parameter rxLevMinCell hoMarginPBGT hoMarginLev hoMarginQual hoPriorityLevel dr threshold rxLevMinCell hoMarginPBGT hoMarginLev hoMarginQual hoPriorityLevel dr threshold rxLevMinCell hoMarginPBGT hoMarginLev hoMarginQual hoPriorityLevel dr threshold rxLevMinCell hoMarginPBGT hoMarginLev hoMarginQual hoPriorityLevel dr threshold rxLevMinCell hoMarginPBGT hoMarginLev hoMarginQual hoPriorityLevel dr threshold rxLevMinCell hoMarginPBGT hoMarginLev hoMarginQual hoPriorityLevel dr threshold rxLevMinCell hoMarginPBGT hoMarginLev hoMarginQual hoPriorityLevel dr threshold rxLevMinCell

30 24 -24 3 -90 -85 30 24 -24 3 -90 -85 30 24 -24 3 -90 -107 4 9 -24 3 -90

hoMarginPBGT hoMarginLev hoMarginQual hoPriorityLevel dr threshold rxLevMinCell hoMarginPBGT hoMarginLev hoMarginQual hoPriorityLevel dr threshold rxLevMinCell hoMarginPBGT hoMarginLev hoMarginQual hoPriorityLevel dr threshold rxLevMinCell hoMarginPBGT hoMarginLev hoMarginQual hoPriorityLevel dr threshold

POC
OBJECT EXPLANATION
POC POC POC POC POC POC POC POC POC POC POC POC POC POC POC Pc lower threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (LDRF) Pc lower threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (LURF) Pc upper threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (UDRF) Pc upper threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (UURF) pc averaging lev dl window size (LDS) power ctrl enabled (PENA) Binary Representation ALPHA (ALPHA) Min time interval between PC's (INT) power incr step size (INC) power decr limit band 0 (PD0) power decr limit band 1 (PD1) power decr limit band 2 (PD2) Power red step size (RED) bs tx max pwr attenuation (?) power decr qual factor (PDF)

POC

pc averaging lev dl weighting (LDW)

POC POC POC

pc averaging lev ul window size (LUS) weighting (LUW) pc averaging qual dl window size (QDS)

POC

pc averaging qual dl weighting (QDW)

POC POC

pc averaging qual ul window size (QUS) weighting (QUW)

POC POC POC POC POC POC POC POC POC POC POC POC POC POC POC POC POC POC POC POC POC POC POC POC POC POC

pc lower thresholds lev dl Rx level (LDR) pc lower thresholds qual dl Px (LDP) pc lower thresholds lev dl Nx (LDN) pc lower thresholds lev ul Rx level (LUR) pc lower thresholds qual ul Px (LUP) pc lower thresholds lev ul Nx (LUN) pc lower thresholds qual dl Rx qual (LDR) pc lower thresholds lev dl Px (LDP) pc lower thresholds qual dl Nx (LDN) pc lower thresholds qual ul RX qual (LUR) pc lower thresholds lev ul Px (LUP) pc lower thresholds lev ul Nx (LUN) pc upper thresholds lev dl Rx level (UDR) pc upper thresholds qual dl Px (UDP) pc upper thresholds lev dl Nx (UDN) pc upper thresholds lev ul Rx level (UUR) pc upper thresholds qual ul Px (UUP) pc upper thresholds lev ul Nx (UUN) pc upper thresholds qual dl Rx qual (UDR) pc upper thresholds qual dl Px (UDP) pc upper thresholds lev dl Nx (UDN) pc upper thresholds qual ul Rx qual (UUR) pc upper thresholds qual ul Px (UUP) pc upper thresholds lev ul Nx (UUN) pc lower thresholds qual144 Rx level (LQR) pc lower thresholds qual144 Px (LQP)

POC POC

pc lower thresholds qual144 Nx (LQN) Binary Representation TAU (GAMMA)

POC POC POC POC POC POC POC

Idle mode signal strength filter period (IFP) PBCCH Power Reduction Value (PRV) Transfer mode signal strength filter period (TFP) Bit error probability filter averaging period (BEP) ALA enabled (AENA) min int between ALA (AMIN) power limit ALA (ALIM)

POC

BS TX pwr max (PMAX1)

POC

BS TX pwr max1x00 (PMAX2)

POC POC POC POC POC POC

Pc lower threshold dl Rx qual AMR HR (LDRH) Pc lower threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (LURH) Pc upper threshold dl Rx qual AMR HR (UDRH) Pc upper threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (UURH) BS TX pwr min (PMIN) BCCH TRX TX pwr reduction (TPR)

Q3 NAME
amrPowerControlFr amrPowerControlFr amrPowerControlFr amrPowerControlFr pcAveragingLevDL powerCtrlEnabled Alpha powerControlInterval powerIncrStepsize pwrDecrLimitBand0 pwrDecrLimitBand1 pwrDecrLimitBand2 powerRedStepsize rfMaxPowerReduction pwrDecrQualFactor

From
0 0 0 0 1 Yes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

RANGE
steps of 1, see comment steps of 1, see comment steps of 1, see comment steps of 1, see comment ... / ... 2,4 or 6 ... ... ... 2 or 4 ... /

To UNIT REC. MMl

7 7 7 7 32 No 10 31 38 38 38 12 1 SACCH sec dB dB dB dB dB dB plan plan plan plan 3 3 0 0 4 Yes 2 4 38 38 38 2 0 1

weighting

...

pcAveragingLevUL weighting pcAveragingQualDL

1 1 1

... ... ...

32 3 32

SACCH

4 1 1

SACCH

weighting

...

pcAveragingQualUL weighting

1 1

... ...

32 3

SACCH

1 1

pcLowerThresholdsLevDL px nx pcLowerThresholdsLevUL px nx pcLowerThresholdsQualDL px nx pcLowerThresholdsQualUL px nx pcUpperThresholdsLevDL px nx pcUpperThresholdsLevUL px nx pcUpperThresholdsQualDL px nx pcUpperThresholdsQualUL px nx pcLowerThresholdsQual144RXQual px

-110 1 1 -110 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 -110 1 1 -110 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1

... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

-47 32 32 -47 32 32 7 32 32 7 32 32 -47 32 32 -47 32 32 7 32 32 7 32 32

dBm

-85 1 1 -85 1 1 3 3 4 3 3 4 -70 1 1 -70 1 1 0 32 32 0 32 32

dBm

dBm

dBm

nx Gamma 0 steps of 2 dB 62 dB

TAvgW Pb TAvgT bepPeriod enableALA minIntBetweenALA powerLimitALA

bsTxPwrMax

with a step size of 2

30

dB

bsTxPwrMax1x00

with a step size of 2

30

dB

amrPowerControlHr amrPowerControlHr amrPowerControlHr amrPowerControlHr bsTxPwrMin transmitPowerReduction

0 0 0 0 0 0

steps of 1, see comment steps of 1, see comment steps of 1, see comment steps of 1, see comment ... Step 2

7 7 7 7 30 2 dBm dB pbgt 30 0

MML 900_MACRO
EU EU EU EU EU EU EU EU EU EU EU EU EU EU EU 3 3 0 0 1 Y 0 1 6 38 38 38 4 0 1

900E_MACRO
3 3 0 0 1 Y 0 1 6 38 38 38 4 0 1

1800_MACRO
3 3 0 0 1 Y 0 1 6 38 38 38 4 0 1

900_MICRO
3 3 0 0 1 Y 0 1 6 38 38 38 4 0 1

EU

EU EU EU

1 2 1

1 2 1

1 2 1

1 2 1

EU

EU EU

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

EU EU EU EU EU EU EU EU EU EU EU EU EU EU EU EU EU EU EU EU EU EU EU EU

-95 3 4 -95 3 4 2 2 2 2 2 3 -81 3 4 -81 3 4 0 3 4 0 3 4 1 3

-95 3 4 -95 3 4 2 2 2 2 2 3 -81 3 4 -81 3 4 0 3 4 0 3 4 1 3

-95 3 4 -95 3 4 3 2 3 3 2 3 -81 3 4 -81 3 4 0 3 4 0 3 4 1 3

-95 3 4 -95 3 4 2 2 2 2 2 3 -81 3 4 -81 3 4 0 3 4 0 3 4 1 3

4 EU 0

4 0

4 0

4 0

9 -2 13 10 N 10 6

9 -2 13 10 N 10 6

9 -2 13 10 N 10 6

9 -2 13 10 N 10 6

EU

EU

EU EU EU EU EU EU

3 2 0 0 Cell Specific 0

3 2 0 0 Cell Specific 0

3 2 0 0 Cell Specific 0

3 2 0 0 Cell Specific 0

Cell Type

900E_MICRO
3 3 0 0 1 Y 0 1 6 38 38 38 4 0 1

1800_MICRO
3 3 0 0 1 Y 0 1 6 38 38 38 4 0 1

900_MWAY_MICRO
3 3 0 0 1 Y 0 1 6 38 38 38 4 0 1

1 2 1

1 2 1

1 2 1

1 2

1 2

1 2

-95 3 4 -95 3 4 2 2 2 2 2 3 -81 3 4 -81 3 4 0 3 4 0 3 4 1 3

-95 3 4 -95 3 4 2 2 2 2 2 3 -81 3 4 -81 3 4 0 3 4 0 3 4 1 3

-95 3 4 -95 3 4 2 2 2 2 2 3 -81 3 4 -81 3 4 0 3 4 0 3 4 1 3

4 0

4 0

4 0

9 -2 13 10 N 10 6

9 -2 13 10 N 10 6

9 -2 13 10 N 10 6

3 2 0 0 Cell Specific 0

3 2 0 0 Cell Specific 0

3 2 0 0 Cell Specific 0

900E_MWAY_MICRO
3 3 0 0 1 Y 0 1 6 38 38 38 4 0 1

900_PICO 900E_PICO
3 3 0 0 1 Y 0 1 6 38 38 38 4 0 1 3 3 0 0 1 Y 0 1 6 38 38 38 4 0 1

1800_PICO
3 3 0 0 1 Y 0 1 6 38 38 38 4 0 1

1 2 1

1 2 1

1 2 1

1 2 1

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

-95 3 4 -95 3 4 2 2 2 2 2 3 -81 3 4 -81 3 4 0 3 4 0 3 4 1 3

-95 3 4 -95 3 4 2 2 2 2 2 3 -81 3 4 -81 3 4 0 3 4 0 3 4 1 3

-95 3 4 -95 3 4 2 2 2 2 2 3 -81 3 4 -81 3 4 0 3 4 0 3 4 1 3

-95 3 4 -95 3 4 2 2 2 2 2 3 -81 3 4 -81 3 4 0 3 4 0 3 4 1 3

4 0

4 0

4 0

4 0

9 -2 13 10 N 10 6

9 -2 13 10 N 10 6

9 -2 13 10 N 10 6

9 -2 13 10 N 10 6

3 2 0 0 Cell Specific 0

3 2 0 0 Cell Specific 0

3 2 0 0 Cell Specific 0

3 2 0 0 Cell Specific 0

Comments AMR - optimised value following trials in Summer 2006. With this parameter you define the threshold level of the downlink signal quality easurements for the MS power increase. Defined for the default FR AMR set. AMR - optimised value following trials in Summer 2006. With this parameter you define the threshold level of the uplink signal quality measurements or the MS power increase. Defined for the default FR AMR set. AMR - optimised value following trials in Summer 2006. With this parameter you define the threshold level of the downlink signal quality easurements for the MS power decrease. Defined for the default FR AMR set. AMR - optimised value following trials in Summer 2006. With this parameter you define the threshold level of the uplink signal quality power decrease. Defined for the default FR AMR set. The parameter calculates averaged values from signal strength downlink measurements for the power control process. The parameter includes the averaging window size in SACCH periods. With this parameter you indicate whether the BTS power control is enabled. Reduce to 0 for 1800 cells following December 05 trials see UKRE/05/114 With this parameter you define the step size for increasing the transmission power of the mobile station. Average UL signal quality (BER)< 0.2 % Average UL signal quality (BER) 0.2 % - 0.4 % Average UL signal quality (BER) > 0.4 % With this parameter you define the step size for reducing the transmission power of the mobile station. REMOVE With this parameter you enable or disable the MS power decrease due to signal quality with the defined variable power change step size. This is done when the uplink signal level is lower than the optimum uplink RF signal level and the averaged signal quality equals the quality threshold. The parameter also has an effect on the size of the power decrease step. With this parameter you define the weighting factor for calculating the averaged values from the signal strength downlink measurements for the power control procedure. This parameter indicates the weighting factor for measurements that have not used Discontinuous Transmission (DTX). NOTE: Range: Value 1 indicates the DTX measurements for the weighting factor. Value 3 indicates the highest weighting factor. The parameter calculates averaged values from signal strength uplink measurements for the power control process. The parameter includes the averaging window size in SACCH periods. Changed due to UL DTX The parameter calculates averaged values from signal strength downlink measurements for the power control process. The parameter includes the averaging window size in SACCH periods. With this parameter you define the weighting factor for calculating the averaged values from the signal quality downlink measurements for the power control procedure. This parameter indicates the weighting factor for measurements that have not used Discontinuous Transmission (DTX). NOTE: Range: Value 1 indicates the DTX measurements for the weighting factor. Value 3 indicates the highest weighting factor. The parameter calculates averaged values from signal strength uplink measurements for the power control process. The parameter includes the averaging window size in SACCH periods. Changed due to UL DTX

The parameters compare the averaged values of signal quality downlink measurements for triggering the power control process. Rx level: Threshold level for a downlink power increase. The parameters compare the averaged values of signal quality downlink measurements for triggering the power control process. Px: Number of averages that have to be lower than the threshold before making a power increase The parameters compare the averaged values of signal quality downlink measurements for triggering the power control process. Nx: The total number of averages that have to be taken into account before a power increase The parameters compare the averaged values of signal quality uplink measurements for triggering the power control process. Rx level: Threshold level for an uplink power increase. The parameters compare the averaged values of signal quality uplink measurements for triggering the power control process. Px: Number of averages that have to be lower than the threshold before making a power increase decision. The parameters compare the averaged values of signal quality uplink measurements for triggering the power control process. Nx: The total number of averages that have to be taken into account before a power increase decision. The parameters compare the averaged values of signal quality downlink measurements for triggering the power control process. Rx qual: Threshold level for a downlink power increase. The parameters compare the averaged values of signal quality downlink measurements for triggering the power control process. Px: Number of averages that have to be lower than the threshold before making a power increase The parameters compare the averaged values of signal quality downlink measurements for triggering the power control process. Nx: The total number of averages that have to be taken into account before a power increase The parameters compare the averaged values of signal quality uplink measurements for triggering the power control process. Rx qual: Threshold level for an uplink power increase. The parameters compare the averaged values of signal quality uplink measurements for triggering the power control process. Px: Number of averages that have to be lower than the threshold before making a power increase decision. The parameters compare the averaged values of signal quality uplink measurements for triggering the power control process. Nx: The total number of averages that have to be taken into account before a power increase decision. The parameters compare the averaged values of signal quality downlink measurements for triggering the power control process. Rx level: Threshold level for a downlink power reduction. The parameters compare the averaged values of signal quality downlink measurements for triggering the power control process. Px: Number of averages that have to be lower than the threshold before making a power reduction The parameters compare the averaged values of signal quality downlink measurements for triggering the power control process. Nx: The total number of averages that have to be taken into account before the power reduction The parameters compare the averaged values of signal quality uplink measurements for triggering the power control process. Rx level: Threshold level for an uplink power reduction. The parameters compare the averaged values of signal quality uplink measurements for triggering the power control process. Px: Number of averages that have to be lower than the threshold before making a power reduction decision. The parameters compare the averaged values of signal quality uplink measurements for triggering the power control process. Nx: The total number of averages that have to be taken into account before the power reduction decision. The parameters compare the averaged values of signal quality downlink measurements for triggering the power control process. Rx qual: Threshold level for a downlink power reduction. The parameters compare the averaged values of signal quality downlink measurements for triggering the power control process. Px: Number of averages that have to be lower than the threshold before making a power reduction The parameters compare the averaged values of signal quality downlink measurements for triggering the power control process. Nx: The total number of averages that have to be taken into account before the power reduction The parameters compare the averaged values of signal quality uplink measurements for triggering the power control process. Rx level: Threshold level for an uplink power reduction. The parameters compare the averaged values of signal quality uplink measurements for triggering the power control process. Px: Number of averages that have to be lower than the threshold before making a power reduction decision. The parameters compare the averaged values of signal quality uplink measurements for triggering the power control process. Nx: The total number of averages that have to be taken into account before the power reduction decision. Paras need to be set to ensure Uplink DTX can be implemented without issues. The parameter is used for comparing the averaged values of the signal quality uplink and downlink measurements for triggering the power control procedure for 14.4 kbit/s connections. Px: Number of averages out of total averages that have to be greater than or equal to the threshold before a power increase decision is possible. The parameter is used for comparing the averaged values of the signal quality uplink and downlink measurements for triggering the power control procedure for 14.4 kbit/s connections. Nx: Number of averages taken into account before a power increase decision is possible. Reduce to 0 for 1800 cells following December 05 trials see UKRE/05/114

With this parameter you control the signal strength filter period for power control in the packet idle mode. With this parameter you control the signal strength filter period for power control in the packet transfer mode. Requires EGPRS With this parameter you switch on and off the automatic link adaptation function where the channel coding is changed between 14.4 kbit/s and 9.6 kbit/s. With this parameter you determine the time interval between two consecutive automatic link adaptation procedures where the channel coding is changed between 14.4 kbit/s and 9.6 kbit/s. With this parameter you determine the MS and BTS power levels for automatic link adaptation function, where the channel coding is changed between 14.4 kbit/s and 9.6 kbit/s. With this parameter you identify the maximum transmission power of the BTS as an attenuation from the peak power of the TRX. This parameter is used for frequency bands GSM 800 and GSM 900. The total attenuation for GSM 800 and GSM 900 band TRXs is BS TX pwr max (PMAX1) + BS TX pwr offset (POFF). NOTE: If InSite base station's transmission power has been attenuated more than its maximum output power (18dB), the BTS will use its minimum With this parameter you identify the maximum transmission power of the BTS as an attenuation from the peak power of the TRX. This parameter is used for frequency bands GSM 1800 and GSM 1900. The total attenuation for GSM 1800 and GSM 1900 band TRXs is BS TX pwr max1x00 (PMAX2) + BS TX pwr offset (POFF). NOTE: If InSite base station's transmission power has been attenuated more than its maximum output power (22dB), the BTS will use its minimum transmission power. AMR - optimised value following trials in Summer 2006. With this parameter you define the threshold level of the downlink signal quality easurements for the MS power increase. Defined for the default HR AMR set. NOTE: MML managed object class: POC NetAct managed object class: BTS AMR - optimised value following trials in Summer 2006. With this parameter you define the threshold level of the uplink signal quality measurements for the MS power increase. Defined for the default HR AMR set. AMR - optimised value following trials in Summer 2006. With this parameter you define the threshold level of the downlink signal quality easurements or the MS power decrease. Defined for the default HR AMR set. AMR - optimised value following trials in Summer 2006. With this parameter you define the threshold level of the uplink signal quality measurements for the MS power increase. Defined for the default HR AMR set. With this parameter you identify the minimum transmission power of the BTS as an attenuation from the peak power of the TRX. The total attenuation (bs tx pwr max (PMAX1) + bs tx pwr offset (POFF) or bs tx pwr max1x00 (PMAX2) + bs tx pwr offset (POFF)) must be lower than the value of this parameter or equal to it. With this parameter you can define the amount of BCCH TRX transmit power reduction.

Modified

New

Modified

New Modified

New Modified

New

11 11.5 11 11.5

12
X X X X

12

13
X X X X

13

14
X X X X X X

14

X X

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

X X

X X X

X X X X X

X X X X X

X X X X X

X X X X

X X X

X X X X X X

Added or Last Revised in Workbook Version 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047

100047

100047

100047 100047 100047 100047 100047

100047

100047

100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047

TRX
OBJECT
TRX

EXPLANATION
TRX half rate support (HRS)

Q3 NAME
halfRateSupport

TRX

E-TRX type (ETRX)

eTrxInd

TRX TRX TRX TRX

GPRS enabled TRX (GTRX) C/I estimation type 1-10 (T1-T10) C/I estimation weight 1-10 (W1-W10) Direct access level (DAL)

GPRSenabled TRX T1 - T10 W1 - W10 directAccessLevel

TRX

level adjustment 1-10 (L1-L10)

TRX

TRX frequency type (FRT)

trxFrequencyType

TRX

autoconfigure (AC)

TRX

binary outputs (ON/OFF)

bcfOutputs

TRX TRX TRX

bit rate (BR) cell identification of interfering cell 1-10 (CI1-CI10) combi link (CL)

bitRate trxIntfCell combinedSignalling

TRX

D-channel O & M link set name (ONAME)

TRX

D-channel O & M link set number (ONBR)

omLapdLinkNumber

TRX

D-channel telecom link set name (DNAME)

userLabel

TRX

D-channel telecom link set number (DNBR)

lapdLinkNumber

TRX

direct access level (DAL)

directAccessLevel

TRX

dynamic Abis pool ID (DAP)

daPool-ID

TRX TRX TRX TRX TRX

frequency (FREQ) location area code of interfering cell 1-10 (LAC1LAC10) Optimum RX Level Downlink (LEVD) Optimum Rx Level Uplink (LEV) Preferred BCCH TRX (PREF)

initialFrequency optimumRxLevDL optimumRxLevUL preferredBCCHMark

TRX

subslots for signalling (SIGN)

subslotsForSignalling

TRX

training sequence code (TSC)

tsc

TRX

transceiver identification (TRX)

transceiver-ID

TRX

TRX frequency type (FRT)

trxFrequencyType

TRX

TRX identification with frequency (IFREQ)

TRX

Bit Rate (BR)

bitRate

TRX

Administrative State

adminState

TRX

Channel 0 PCM (PCMTSL)

channel0Pcm

TRX

Channel 1 PCM (PCMTSL)

channel1Pcm

TRX

Channel 2 PCM (PCMTSL)

channel2Pcm

TRX

Channel 3 PCM (PCMTSL)

channel3Pcm

TRX

Channel 4 PCM (PCMTSL)

channel4Pcm

TRX

Channel 5 PCM (PCMTSL)

channel5Pcm

TRX

Channel 6 PCM (PCMTSL)

channel6Pcm

TRX

Channel 7 PCM (PCMTSL)

channel7Pcm

TRX

Channel 0 TSL (PCMTSL)

channel0Tsl

TRX

Channel 1 TSL (PCMTSL)

channel1Tsl

TRX

Channel 2 TSL (PCMTSL)

channel2Tsl

TRX

Channel 3 TSL (PCMTSL)

channel3Tsl

TRX

Channel 4 TSL (PCMTSL)

channel4Tsl

TRX

Channel 5 TSL (PCMTSL)

channel5Tsl

TRX

Channel 6 TSL (PCMTSL)

channel6Tsl

TRX

Channel 7 TSL (PCMTSL)

channel7Tsl

TRX TRX TRX TRX TRX TRX TRX TRX TRX TRX TRX TRX TRX TRX TRX

Channel 0 Administrative State Channel 1 Administrative State Channel 2 Administrative State Channel 3 Administrative State Channel 4 Administrative State Channel 5 Administrative State Channel 6 Administrative State Channel 7 Administrative State Channel 0 Type Channel 1 Type Channel 2 Type Channel 3 Type Channel 4 Type Channel 5 Type Channel 6 Type

channel0AdminState channel1AdminState channel2AdminState channel3AdminState channel4AdminState channel5AdminState channel6AdminState channel7AdminState channel0Type channel1Type channel2Type channel3Type channel4Type channel5Type channel6Type

TRX TRX TRX

Channel 7 Type TRX Identification With Frequency (IFREQ) Double Power TRX Faulty (FLTY)

channel7Type trxIdentificationWithFreque ncy doublePowerTrxFaulty

TRX

Dual TRX usage (DTRX)

dualTrxUsage

TRX TRX

RF Hopping Allowed (RFHA) TRX Shutdown Group (SDG)

rfHoppingAllowed trxShutdownGroup

TRX

BB Unit Supports EDGE (BB_UNIT)

bbUnitSupportsEdge

TRX

TRX DDU association (DDU)

trxDDUAssociation

TRX

Server TRX Id

serverTRXId

From
Y

RANGE
/

SEE COMMENT

Y 0 (meas) 0 -47

/ / ...

-63

...

...

false (0), true (1)

8 kbps (8), 16 kbps (16), 32 kbps (32), 64 kbps (64) 1 Step 1 O&M and telecom sign. links are not combined (N) (0), O&M and telecom sign. links are combined (Y) (1)

Step 1

0 1 -109 -109 N

SEE COMMENT Step 1 ... ...

Step 1

Step 1

SEE COMMENT

or

Step 1

Step 1

Step 1

Step 1

Step 1

Step 1

Step 1

Step 1

Step 1

Step 1

Step 1

Step 1

Step 1

Step 1

Step 1

Step 1

L L L L L L L L

or or or or or or or or SEE COMMENT SEE COMMENT SEE COMMENT SEE COMMENT SEE COMMENT SEE COMMENT SEE COMMENT

SEE COMMENT SEE COMMENT SEE COMMENT

Step 1

SEE COMMENT

0 0 Step 1

or SEE COMMENT

SEE COMMENT

server (0), slave (1), independent (2), not applicable (255)

Step 1

To
N

UNIT

REC.

MMl
Y

MML
ER

ER

N 1 (estim) 10 -109 / N dBm

0 1 N

ER ER ER

63

dB

ER

16

ER

65535

ER

65535

1800 or 65535

65535

ER

1023 65535 -47 / N -47 / N P dBm dBm N N N ER ER ER ER

36

ER

kbps

ER

ER

3391

ER

3391

ER

3391

ER

3391

ER

3391

ER

3391

ER

3391

ER

3391

ER

31

ER

31

ER

31

ER

31

ER

31

ER

31

ER

31

ER

31

ER

U U U U U U U U

U U U U U U U U -

ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER

ER ER ER

ER

1 3

1 1

ER ER

ER

255

ER

24

255

ER

900_MACRO
Y

900E_MACRO
Y

1800_MACRO
Y

Y 0 1 N

Y 0 1 N

Y 0 1 N

0dB - Co, -16dB Adj.

0dB - Co, -16dB Adj.

0dB - Co, -16dB Adj.

TRX Specific

TRX Specific

TRX Specific

ALL OUTPUTS OFF

ALL OUTPUTS OFF

ALL OUTPUTS OFF

Planned Value

Planned Value

Planned Value

N N N

N N N

N N N

U U U U U U U U -

U U U U U U U U -

U U U U U U U U -

1 1

1 1

1 1

255

255

255

255

255

255

Cell Type

900_MICRO
Y

900E_MICRO
Y

1800_MICRO
Y

Y 0 1 N

Y 0 1 N

Y 0 1 N

0dB - Co, -16dB Adj.

0dB - Co, -16dB Adj.

0dB - Co, -16dB Adj.

TRX Specific

TRX Specific

TRX Specific

ALL OUTPUTS OFF

ALL OUTPUTS OFF

ALL OUTPUTS OFF

Planned Value

Planned Value

Planned Value

N N N

N N N

N N N

U U U U U U U U -

U U U U U U U U -

U U U U U U U U -

1 1

1 1

1 1

255

255

255

255

255

255

ell Type

900_MWAY_MICRO
Y

900E_MWAY_MICRO
Y

900_PICO
Y

Y 0 1 N

Y 0 1 N

Y 0 1 N

0dB - Co, -16dB Adj.

0dB - Co, -16dB Adj.

0dB - Co, -16dB Adj.

TRX Specific

TRX Specific

TRX Specific

ALL OUTPUTS OFF

ALL OUTPUTS OFF

ALL OUTPUTS OFF

Planned Value

Planned Value

Planned Value

N N N

N N N

N N N

U U U U U U U U -

U U U U U U U U -

U U U U U U U U -

1 1

1 1

1 1

255

255

255

255

255

255

900E_PICO
Y

1800_PICO
Y

Y 0 1 N

Y 0 1 N

0dB - Co, -16dB Adj.

0dB - Co, -16dB Adj.

TRX Specific

TRX Specific

ALL OUTPUTS OFF

ALL OUTPUTS OFF

Planned Value

Planned Value

N N N

N N N

U U U U U U U U -

U U U U U U U U -

1 1

1 1

255

255

255

255

Explanation Comments HRS enabled by default in all TRXs With this parameter you define whether the TRX is working as an extended TRX (E-TRX) or a normal TRX (N-TRX). NOTE: The value E can be present only if the Extended Cell Radius (10) option is ON and the BTS is Talk-family, or the Extended Cell For US (88) option is ON and the BTS is UltraSite, or the Extended cell range for Flexi EDGE (108) option is ON and the BTS is Flexi EDGE. GPRS OPTIONAL (Intelligent Underlay Overlay) OPTIONAL (Intelligent Underlay Overlay) With this parameter you indicate whether direct access to a super-reuse TRX is enabled. The parameter also determines the level which the downlink signal level on the superreuse TRX must exceed in order for the direct access procedure to become possible. NOTE: MML default: N (Disabled) With these parameters you can affect the adjustment levels of the interfering cells. On the basis of this parameter, the system calculates an estimation of the interference level from the signal level of the interfering cell. With this parameter you define the type of the TRX's radio frequency used with the optional Intelligent Underlay-Overlay feature. Values from 1 to 16 indicate that the radio frequency is superreused. They also show the number of a superreuse frequency group where the super-reused frequency belongs. If the type of radio frequency is regular, the value is 0. With this parameter you define whether the TRX is created to be autoconfigured. NOTE: The parameter is only allowed for MetroSite, InSite, UltraSite and Flexi EDGE. With this parameter you indicate which binary outputs are in the ON and OFF state. The outputs are identified by a number. NOTE: The parameter exists only for PrimeSite. NOTE: MML Range: 4 ON/OFF type outputs. Default: all outputs OFF With this parameter you define the bit rate of the Dchannel telecom signalling link of the TRX. NOTE: Parameter is only allowed for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio. NOTE: No NetAct Interface. With these parameters you define which interfering cell you want to handle. With this parameter you define whether the Dchannel O&M and telecom signalling links are combined. NOTE! The parameter is only allowed for MetroSite and InSite. NetAct NOTE: Related features: Abis Auto Configuration (32) (optional) With this parameter you indicate the D-channel O&M link set name of the TRX. NOTE: The parameter exists only for PrimeSite. Changing the parameter causes a temporary break in O&M signalling. MML NOTE: Range: String of up to 5 characters ('A'..'Z','0'..'9'). The first character must be a letter. With this parameter you indicate the D-channel O&M link set number of the TRX. NOTE: The parameter exists only for PrimeSite. Changing the parameter causes a temporary break in O&M signalling.

Modified

11 11.5
X X

With this parameter you indicate the D-channel telecom link set name of the signalling link of the TRX. NetAct NOTE: Modification: Modifiable when provisioning plan with CM Operations Manager or command line interface and not having Use File Based Activation Method for S12 BSC option selected in GSM Options. Not modifiable when using send to Network in CM Editor. MML NOTE: Modification: Not modifiable Required on creation: Optional Range: String of up to 5 characters ('A'..'Z','0'..'9'). The first character must be a letter. With this parameter you indicate the D-channel telecom link set number of the signalling link of the TRX. With this parameter you indicate whether direct access to a super-reuse TRX is enabled. The parameter also determines the level which the downlink signal level on the superreuse TRX must exceed in order for the direct access procedure to become possible. NOTE: MML default: N (Disabled) If NO DAP is in use, set to 65535. If a DAP is use, set to a value equal to the LOWEST BTS i.d. of the BTSs using the DAP. With this parameter you indicate the dynamic Abis pool ID. This can be given only if the site type is MetroSite, UltraSite or Flexi EDGE. TRX must be LOCKED. If BTS is BB or RF hopping, then the BTS must also be locked. With this parameter you define in which area the interfering cell in question is located. See Embedded Comment See Embedded Comment With this parameter you mark one or more TRXs as preferred TRXs where the BCCH is reconfigured, if possible. This parameter defines the number of subslots from the beginning of the Abis speech circuit which are not used as traffic channels. One subslot equals one radio time slot or two bits in the ET-PCM. This is applicable when the TRX radio time slot(s) have BCCH and/or SDCCH channel or not used channel, and thus no TCH channel is required on Abis. With this parameter you define the training sequence code (TSC) of a carrier. When baseband hopping is used in the BTS, then TCC of all hopping layer TRXs in the BTS must be the same. With this parameter you identify the transceiver. The value you enter for this parameter must be unique for each transceiver within one BCF. NOTE: The TRX id range for Flexi Multiradio is from 1 to 36, and for BTSplus is from 1 to 32, and for Flexi EDGE is from 1 to 24 and for other site types the id range is 1 to 16. With this parameter you define the type of the TRX's radio frequency used with the optional Intelligent Underlay-Overlay feature. Values from 1 to 16 indicate that the radio frequency is superreused. They also show the number of a superreuse frequency group where the super-reused frequency belongs. If the type of radio frequency is regular, the value is 0. With this parameter you identify the transceiver. NOTE: Range: The value range of the parameter depends on the band type in the following way: GSM 800: 128..251 GSM 900: 0..124, 975..1023 GSM 1800: 512..885 GSM 1900: 512..810 NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the bit rate of the D-channel telecom signalling link of the TRX. The parameter is only allowed for Nokia MetroSite, Nokia InSite and Nokia UltraSite. X X

With this parameter you identify the state into which the administrative state of the object will be changed. With this parameter you define the Abis speech channel allocation of the TRX. Parameter defines the ET-PCM number. In MML the parameter consists of the ET- CM number and the timeslot number. The system allocates the radio timeslots to a subslot. In CM Editor and MML define only one ET-PCM parameter. Given (PCM) value is copied to all 8 PCM fields and given (TSL) value is copied to first four TSLs as such and to following four (TSL 4 ..7) use given value + 1. In Plan import interface, all values must set in plan correctly. The system allocates the radio timeslots to a subslot. NOTE: MML modification: Not modifiable/read-only NOTE: 2048..3391 is reserved for OC-3/T1 administration area MML managed object class: RTSL NetAct managed object class: TRX With this parameter you define the Abis speech channel allocation of the TRX. Parameter defines the ET-PCM number. In MML the parameter consists of the ET- CM number and the timeslot number. The system allocates the radio timeslots to a subslot. In CM Editor and MML define only one ET-PCM parameter. Given (PCM) value is copied to all 8 PCM fields and given (TSL) value is copied to first four TSLs as such and to following four (TSL 4 ..7) use given value + 1. In Plan import interface, all values must set in plan correctly. The system allocates the radio timeslots to a subslot. NOTE: MML modification: Not modifiable/read-only NOTE: 2048..3391 is reserved for OC-3/T1 administration area MML managed object class: RTSL NetAct managed object class: TRX With this parameter you define the Abis speech channel allocation of the TRX. Parameter defines the ET-PCM number. In MML the parameter consists of the ET- CM number and the timeslot number. The system allocates the radio timeslots to a subslot. In CM Editor and MML define only one ET-PCM parameter. Given (PCM) value is copied to all 8 PCM fields and given (TSL) value is copied to first four TSLs as such and to following four (TSL 4 ..7) use given value + 1. In Plan import interface, all values must set in plan correctly. The system allocates the radio timeslots to a subslot. NOTE: MML modification: Not modifiable/read-only NOTE: 2048..3391 is reserved for OC-3/T1 administration area MML managed object class: RTSL NetAct managed object class: TRX With this parameter you define the Abis speech channel allocation of the TRX. Parameter defines the ET-PCM number. In MML the parameter consists of the ET- CM number and the timeslot number. The system allocates the radio timeslots to a subslot. In CM Editor and MML define only one ET-PCM parameter. Given (PCM) value is copied to all 8 PCM fields and given (TSL) value is copied to first four TSLs as such and to following four (TSL 4 ..7) use given value + 1. In Plan import interface, all values must set in plan correctly. The system allocates the radio timeslots to a subslot. NOTE: MML modification: Not modifiable/read-only NOTE: 2048..3391 is reserved for OC-3/T1 administration area MML managed object class: RTSL NetAct managed object class: TRX With this parameter you define the Abis speech channel allocation of the TRX. Parameter defines the ET-PCM number. In MML the parameter consists of the ET- CM number and the timeslot number. The system allocates the radio timeslots to a subslot. In CM Editor and MML define only one ET-PCM parameter. Given (PCM) value is copied to all 8 PCM fields and given (TSL) value is copied to first four TSLs as such and to following four (TSL 4 ..7) use given value + 1. In Plan import interface, all values must set in plan correctly. The system allocates the radio timeslots to a subslot. NOTE: MML modification: Not modifiable/read-only NOTE: 2048..3391 is reserved for OC-3/T1 administration area MML managed object class: RTSL NetAct managed object class: TRX

With this parameter you define the Abis speech channel allocation of the TRX. Parameter defines the ET-PCM number. In MML the parameter consists of the ET- CM number and the timeslot number. The system allocates the radio timeslots to a subslot. In CM Editor and MML define only one ET-PCM parameter. Given (PCM) value is copied to all 8 PCM fields and given (TSL) value is copied to first four TSLs as such and to following four (TSL 4 ..7) use given value + 1. In Plan import interface, all values must set in plan correctly. The system allocates the radio timeslots to a subslot. NOTE: MML modification: Not modifiable/read-only NOTE: 2048..3391 is reserved for OC-3/T1 administration area MML managed object class: RTSL NetAct managed object class: TRX With this parameter you define the Abis speech channel allocation of the TRX. Parameter defines the ET-PCM number. In MML the parameter consists of the ET- CM number and the timeslot number. The system allocates the radio timeslots to a subslot. In CM Editor and MML define only one ET-PCM parameter. Given (PCM) value is copied to all 8 PCM fields and given (TSL) value is copied to first four TSLs as such and to following four (TSL 4 ..7) use given value + 1. In Plan import interface, all values must set in plan correctly. The system allocates the radio timeslots to a subslot. NOTE: MML modification: Not modifiable/read-only NOTE: 2048..3391 is reserved for OC-3/T1 administration area MML managed object class: RTSL NetAct managed object class: TRX With this parameter you define the Abis speech channel allocation of the TRX. Parameter defines the ET-PCM number. In MML the parameter consists of the ET- CM number and the timeslot number. The system allocates the radio timeslots to a subslot. In CM Editor and MML define only one ET-PCM parameter. Given (PCM) value is copied to all 8 PCM fields and given (TSL) value is copied to first four TSLs as such and to following four (TSL 4 ..7) use given value + 1. In Plan import interface, all values must set in plan correctly. The system allocates the radio timeslots to a subslot. NOTE: MML modification: Not modifiable/read-only NOTE: 2048..3391 is reserved for OC-3/T1 administration area MML managed object class: RTSL NetAct managed object class: TRX With this parameter you define the Abis speech channel allocation of the TRX. Parameter defines the time slot number. In MML the parameter consists of the ET- PCM number and the time slot number. In CM Editor and MML define only one ETPCM parameter. Given (PCM) value is copied to all 8 PCM fields and given (TSL) value is copied to first four TSLs as such and to following four (TSL 4 ..7) use given value + 1. In Plan import interface, all values must set in plan correctly. The system allocates the radio time slots to a subslot. NOTE: MML allows the user to give maximum value 30 in ETSI and maximum value 23 in ANSI for the time slot. However, maximum value is 31 in ETSI and 24 in ANSI, since TRX allocates always two channel timeslots. MML NOTE: Range: TSL: in ETSI 1..30, in ANSI 1..23 Modification: Not modifiable/read-only Required on creation: Optional Related parameters: TRXautoConfig. You can give this parameter only if the parameter Auto Configure is set to N. NOTE: MML managed object class: RTSL NetAct managed object class: TRX With this parameter you define the Abis speech channel allocation of the TRX. Parameter defines the time slot number. In MML the parameter consists of the ET- PCM number and the time slot number. In CM Editor and MML define only one ETPCM parameter. Given (PCM) value is copied to all 8 PCM fields and given (TSL) value is copied to first four TSLs as such and to following four (TSL 4 ..7) use given value + 1. In Plan import interface, all values must set in plan correctly. The system allocates the radio time slots to a subslot. NOTE: MML allows the user to give maximum value 30 in ETSI and maximum value 23 in ANSI for the time slot. However, maximum value is 31 in ETSI and 24 in ANSI, since TRX allocates always two channel timeslots. MML NOTE: Range: TSL: in ETSI 1..30, in ANSI 1..23 Modification: Not modifiable/read-only Required on creation: Optional Related parameters: TRXautoConfig. You can give this parameter only if the parameter Auto Configure is set to N. NOTE: MML managed object class: RTSL NetAct managed object class: TRX

With this parameter you define the Abis speech channel allocation of the TRX. Parameter defines the time slot number. In MML the parameter consists of the ET- PCM number and the time slot number. In CM Editor and MML define only one ETPCM parameter. Given (PCM) value is copied to all 8 PCM fields and given (TSL) value is copied to first four TSLs as such and to following four (TSL 4 ..7) use given value + 1. In Plan import interface, all values must set in plan correctly. The system allocates the radio time slots to a subslot. NOTE: MML allows the user to give maximum value 30 in ETSI and maximum value 23 in ANSI for the time slot. However, maximum value is 31 in ETSI and 24 in ANSI, since TRX allocates always two channel timeslots. MML NOTE: Range: TSL: in ETSI 1..30, in ANSI 1..23 Modification: Not modifiable/read-only Required on creation: Optional Related parameters: TRXautoConfig. You can give this parameter only if the parameter Auto Configure is set to N. NOTE: MML managed object class: RTSL NetAct managed object class: TRX With this parameter you define the Abis speech channel allocation of the TRX. Parameter defines the time slot number. In MML the parameter consists of the ET- PCM number and the time slot number. In CM Editor and MML define only one ETPCM parameter. Given (PCM) value is copied to all 8 PCM fields and given (TSL) value is copied to first four TSLs as such and to following four (TSL 4 ..7) use given value + 1. In Plan import interface, all values must set in plan correctly. The system allocates the radio time slots to a subslot. NOTE: MML allows the user to give maximum value 30 in ETSI and maximum value 23 in ANSI for the time slot. However, maximum value is 31 in ETSI and 24 in ANSI, since TRX allocates always two channel timeslots. MML NOTE: Range: TSL: in ETSI 1..30, in ANSI 1..23 Modification: Not modifiable/read-only Required on creation: Optional Related parameters: TRXautoConfig. You can give this parameter only if the parameter Auto Configure is set to N. NOTE: MML managed object class: RTSL NetAct managed object class: TRX With this parameter you define the Abis speech channel allocation of the TRX. Parameter defines the time slot number. In MML the parameter consists of the ET- PCM number and the time slot number. In CM Editor and MML define only one ETPCM parameter. Given (PCM) value is copied to all 8 PCM fields and given (TSL) value is copied to first four TSLs as such and to following four (TSL 4 ..7) use given value + 1. In Plan import interface, all values must set in plan correctly. The system allocates the radio time slots to a subslot. NOTE: MML allows the user to give maximum value 30 in ETSI and maximum value 23 in ANSI for the time slot. However, maximum value is 31 in ETSI and 24 in ANSI, since TRX allocates always two channel timeslots. MML NOTE: Range: TSL: in ETSI 1..30, in ANSI 1..23 Modification: Not modifiable/read-only Required on creation: Optional Related parameters: TRXautoConfig. You can give this parameter only if the parameter Auto Configure is set to N. NOTE: MML managed object class: RTSL NetAct managed object class: TRX With this parameter you define the Abis speech channel allocation of the TRX. Parameter defines the time slot number. In MML the parameter consists of the ET- PCM number and the time slot number. In CM Editor and MML define only one ETPCM parameter. Given (PCM) value is copied to all 8 PCM fields and given (TSL) value is copied to first four TSLs as such and to following four (TSL 4 ..7) use given value + 1. In Plan import interface, all values must set in plan correctly. The system allocates the radio time slots to a subslot. NOTE: MML allows the user to give maximum value 30 in ETSI and maximum value 23 in ANSI for the time slot. However, maximum value is 31 in ETSI and 24 in ANSI, since TRX allocates always two channel timeslots. MML NOTE: Range: TSL: in ETSI 1..30, in ANSI 1..23 Modification: Not modifiable/read-only Required on creation: Optional Related parameters: TRXautoConfig. You can give this parameter only if the parameter Auto Configure is set to N. NOTE: MML managed object class: RTSL NetAct managed object class: TRX

With this parameter you define the Abis speech channel allocation of the TRX. Parameter defines the time slot number. In MML the parameter consists of the ET- PCM number and the time slot number. In CM Editor and MML define only one ETPCM parameter. Given (PCM) value is copied to all 8 PCM fields and given (TSL) value is copied to first four TSLs as such and to following four (TSL 4 ..7) use given value + 1. In Plan import interface, all values must set in plan correctly. The system allocates the radio time slots to a subslot. NOTE: MML allows the user to give maximum value 30 in ETSI and maximum value 23 in ANSI for the time slot. However, maximum value is 31 in ETSI and 24 in ANSI, since TRX allocates always two channel timeslots. MML NOTE: Range: TSL: in ETSI 1..30, in ANSI 1..23 Modification: Not modifiable/read-only Required on creation: Optional Related parameters: TRXautoConfig. You can give this parameter only if the parameter Auto Configure is set to N. NOTE: MML managed object class: RTSL NetAct managed object class: TRX With this parameter you define the Abis speech channel allocation of the TRX. Parameter defines the time slot number. In MML the parameter consists of the ET- PCM number and the time slot number. In CM Editor and MML define only one ETPCM parameter. Given (PCM) value is copied to all 8 PCM fields and given (TSL) value is copied to first four TSLs as such and to following four (TSL 4 ..7) use given value + 1. In Plan import interface, all values must set in plan correctly. The system allocates the radio time slots to a subslot. NOTE: MML allows the user to give maximum value 30 in ETSI and maximum value 23 in ANSI for the time slot. However, maximum value is 31 in ETSI and 24 in ANSI, since TRX allocates always two channel timeslots. MML NOTE: Range: TSL: in ETSI 1..30, in ANSI 1..23 Modification: Not modifiable/read-only Required on creation: Optional Related parameters: TRXautoConfig. You can give this parameter only if the parameter Auto Configure is set to N. NOTE: MML managed object class: RTSL NetAct managed object class: TRX With this parameter you identify the state into which the administrative state of the object will be changed. With this parameter you identify the state into which the administrative state of the object will be changed. With this parameter you identify the state into which the administrative state of the object will be changed. With this parameter you identify the state into which the administrative state of the object will be changed. With this parameter you identify the state into which the administrative state of the object will be changed. With this parameter you identify the state into which the administrative state of the object will be changed. With this parameter you identify the state into which the administrative state of the object will be changed. With this parameter you identify the state into which the administrative state of the object will be changed. With this parameter you define the logical channel combination that has to be mapped onto the basic physical channel. See comments. With this parameter you define the logical channel combination that has to be mapped onto the basic physical channel. See comments. With this parameter you define the logical channel combination that has to be mapped onto the basic physical channel. See comments. With this parameter you define the logical channel combination that has to be mapped onto the basic physical channel. See comments. With this parameter you define the logical channel combination that has to be mapped onto the basic physical channel. See comments. With this parameter you define the logical channel combination that has to be mapped onto the basic physical channel. See comments. With this parameter you define the logical channel combination that has to be mapped onto the basic physical channel. See comments.

With this parameter you define the logical channel combination that has to be mapped onto the basic physical channel. See comments. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you identify the transceiver. NOT IN USE.This is an OUTPUT parameter that indicates whether a Double power TRX or Intelligent Downlink Diversity TRX has one Tx Path faulty. This parameter is only for Flexi EDGE. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you can enable the Double Power TRX (DPTRX) or Intelligent Downlink Diversity (IDD) feature for the dual TRX unit. You can also define 2way (2UD) or 4-way (4UD) uplink diversity. Double Power TRX and IDD enabled TRX reserves two TRX ids. It can be enabled if the TRX id is odd and the next even TRX id is free. Parameter is only allowed for Flexi EDGE TRXs. NOT IN USE. With this parameter regular TRX can be marked so that it will not be added to RF hopping on overlay layer. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define to which shutdown group a non-BCCH TRX belongs in a mains failure case. Shutdown Group 3 TRXs are shut down after TRX Shutdown Timer 3, Shutdown Group 2 TRXs are shut down after TRX Shutdown Timer 2, Shutdown Group 1 TRXs are shut down after TRX Shutdown Timer 1, and Shutdown This is an OUTPUT parameter. This parameter indicates whether baseband unit controlling of TRX supports EDGE. NOTE: The parameter is visible only if the TRX is in a MetroSite or UltraSite BTS. Output parameter which defines DDU association of Flexi EDGE, BTSplus or Flexi Multiradio TRX. TRX can be server, slaver, independent or not applicable. MML NOTE: The parameter is only shown in outputs. Output parameter which defines which Flexi EDGE, BTSplus or Flexi Multiradio TRX is server of this TRX in DDU association. Only slave TRXs have this information. MML NOTE: The parameter is only shown in outputs.

New

Modified New Modified New Modified

New

11 11.5

12
X

12

13

13

14

14

Added or Last Revised in Workbook Version

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

X X X X

100047 100047 100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

X X X

100047 100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047 100047

X X X

100047

X X

100047

X 100047 X 100047

ADJC
OBJECT EXPLANATION
ADJC ADJC ADJC ADJC ADJC ADJC ADJC mobile country code of reference cell (MCC1-MCC5) mobile network code of reference cell (MNC1-MNC5) AMR target cell of direct access to desired layer (DADLA) level adjustment (L1-L5) C/I estimation weight (W1-W5) RX lev min cell (SL) MS TX pwr max gsm (PMAX1)

ADJC

MS TX pwr max gsm1x00 (PMAX2)

ADJC

MS TX pwr max gsm1x00 (PMAX2)

ADJC

fast moving threshold (FMT)

ADJC

adjacent cell layer (ACL)

ADJC ADJC ADJC ADJC ADJC ADJC ADJC ADJC ADJC

Adjacent GPRS enabled (AGENA) GPRS MS txpwr max CCH (GTXP1) GPRS MS TX pwr max CCH1x00 (GTXP2) GPRS penalty time (GPET) GPRS rxlev access min (GRXP) GPRS temporary offset (GTEO) HCS signal level threshold (HCS) Priority class (PRC) routing area code (RAC)

ADJC

HO target area (HOTA)

ADJC ADJC ADJC ADJC

cell type (CTY) enable HO margin lev qual (MRGS) HO level umbrella (AUCL) TRHO target level (TRHO)

ADJC ADJC ADJC ADJC ADJC ADJC ADJC ADJC ADJC ADJC

synchronized (SYNC) Directed Retry Threshold (DRT) HO margin pbgt (PMRG) HO margin lev (LMRG) HO margin qual (QMRG) MS pwr opt level (POPT) HO priority level (PRI) HO load factor (OF) chained adj cell (CHAIN) MS TX pwr max gsm (PMAX1)

ADJC

MS TX pwr max gsm1x00 (PMAX2)

ADJC ADJC ADJC ADJC ADJC ADJC ADJC ADJC ADJC ADJC ADJC

BCCH frequency (FREQ) BTS colour code (BCC) cell identification of reference cell (CI1-CI5) location area code of reference cell (LAC1-LAC5) network colour code (NCC) routing area code (RAC) target cell of direct access to desired layer (DADL) adjacent cell index (INDEX) reporting priority (REP) Reporting Priority (REP) Adjacent Cell Index (INDEX)

Q3 NAME
referCells referCells amrDadlbTargetCell levelAdjustment ciEstWeight rxLevMinCell msTxPwrMaxCell *GSM*

From
0 0 -63 0 -110 5

msTxPwrMaxCell *DCS*

msTxPwrMaxCell *DCS19*

fastMovingThreshold

adjCellLayer

GPRSEnabled gprsMsTxpwrMaxCCH gprsMsTxPwrMaxCCH1x00 GPRSPenaltyTime GPRSRxLevAccessMin GPRSTemporaryOffset hcsThreshold hcsPriorityClass rac 5 10 -110 0 -110-108 0 0

hoTargetArea

cellType enableHoMarginLevQual hoLevelUmbrella trhoTargetLevel

GSM Yes -110 -109

syncronised drThreshold hoMarginPBGT hoMarginLev hoMarginQual msPwrOptLev hoPriorityLevel hoLoadFactor chainedAdjacentCell msTxPwrMaxGSM

Yes -47 -24 -24 -24 -110 0 0 Yes

msTxPwrMaxGSM1x00

bCCHFrequency bsIdentityCode referCell bsIdentityCode rac dadlbTargetCell adjcindex reportingPriority reportingPriority 0 0 0 0

adjcIndex

RANGE
see comment ... ... ... ...

...

...

...

N/SAME/LOWER/UPPER

( with 2 dB steps) see comment (with 10s steps) (with 10dB steps)

Normal or Nokia 2nd generation extended cell (0), E Cell Normal TRX Alloc (1), E Cell Extended TRX Alloc (2), E Cell Same Type As TRX Alloc (3), S Cell Extended TRX Alloc (4)

GSM (0), MCN/Shared (1) / ... ...

/ ... ... ... ... ... ... /

 see comment SEE COMMENT SEE COMMENT

To
999 999 63 10 -47 43

UNIT REC. MMl MML

dB dBm dBm 0 1 -100 33 EA EA EA EA EA

900_MACRO
N Optional Feature Optional Feature See Handovers Matrix sheet 33

36

dBm

30

EA

30

33

dBm

30

EA

#N/A

255

EA

Optional Feature

EA

Optional Feature

N 39 320 -47 70 -48 & N 7 255 dB dB sec dBm dB dB EA EA EA EA EA EQ EA EA 33 NA 10 -105 0 N 7 -

EA

Optional Feature

MCN No -47 -47/ N

dBm dBm

GSM Yes -110 N

EA EA EA EA

#N/A Y -110 -85dBm or No

No -110 63 24 24 -47/ N 7 7 No dBm dB dB dB dBm

-95 -

No -100 6 3 0 N 3 1 No

EA EQ EA EA EA EA EA EA EA

Y - Intra BCF See Handovers Matrix sheet See Handovers Matrix sheet See Handovers Matrix sheet See Handovers Matrix sheet N See Handovers Matrix sheet 0 No 33

30

255 N 250 1 1 31 EA EA EA EA 0 0 -1

0 0 -1

900E_MACRO
N Optional Feature Optional Feature See Handovers Matrix sheet 33

1800_MACRO
N Optional Feature Optional Feature See Handovers Matrix sheet 33

30

30

#N/A

#N/A

Optional Feature

Optional Feature

Optional Feature

Optional Feature

N 33 NA 10 -105 0 N 7 -

N NA 30 10 -105 0 N 7 -

Optional Feature

Optional Feature

#N/A Y -110 Optional Feature

#N/A Y -110 Optional Feature

Y - Intra BCF See Handovers Matrix sheet See Handovers Matrix sheet See Handovers Matrix sheet See Handovers Matrix sheet N See Handovers Matrix sheet 0 No 33

Y-Intra BCF See Handovers Matrix sheet See Handovers Matrix sheet See Handovers Matrix sheet See Handovers Matrix sheet N See Handovers Matrix sheet 0 No 33

30

30

255 N 0 0 -1

255 N 0 0 -1

Cell Type

900_MICRO
N Optional Feature Optional Feature See Handovers Matrix sheet 33

900E_MICRO
N Optional Feature Optional Feature See Handovers Matrix sheet 33

30

30

#N/A

#N/A

Optional Feature

Optional Feature

Optional Feature

Optional Feature

N 33 NA 10 -105 0 N 7 -

N 33 NA 10 -105 0 N 7 -

Optional Feature

Optional Feature

#N/A Y -110 Optional Feature

#N/A Y -110 Optional Feature

Y - Intra BCF See Handovers Matrix sheet See Handovers Matrix sheet See Handovers Matrix sheet See Handovers Matrix sheet N See Handovers Matrix sheet 0 No 33

Y - Intra BCF See Handovers Matrix sheet See Handovers Matrix sheet See Handovers Matrix sheet See Handovers Matrix sheet N See Handovers Matrix sheet 0 No 33

30

30

255 N 0 0 -1

255 N 0 0 -1

Cell Type

1800_MICRO
N Optional Feature Optional Feature See Handovers Matrix sheet 33

900_MWAY_MICRO
N Optional Feature Optional Feature See Handovers Matrix sheet 33

30

30

#N/A

#N/A

Optional Feature

Optional Feature

Optional Feature

Optional Feature

N NA 30 10 -105 0 N 7 -

N 33 NA 10 -105 0 N 7 -

Optional Feature

Optional Feature

#N/A Y -110 Optional Feature

#N/A Y -110 Optional Feature

Y - Intra BCF See Handovers Matrix sheet See Handovers Matrix sheet See Handovers Matrix sheet See Handovers Matrix sheet N See Handovers Matrix sheet 0 No 33

Y - Intra BCF See Handovers Matrix sheet See Handovers Matrix sheet See Handovers Matrix sheet See Handovers Matrix sheet N See Handovers Matrix sheet 0 No 33

30

30

255 N 0 0 -1

255 N 0 0 -1

900E_MWAY_MICRO
N Optional Feature Optional Feature See Handovers Matrix sheet 33

900_PICO
N Optional Feature Optional Feature See Handovers Matrix sheet 33

30

30

#N/A

#N/A

Optional Feature

Optional Feature

Optional Feature

Optional Feature

N 33 NA 10 -105 0 N 7 -

N 33 NA 10 -105 0 N 7 -

Optional Feature

Optional Feature

#N/A Y -110 Optional Feature

#N/A Y -110 -85

Y - Intra BCF See Handovers Matrix sheet See Handovers Matrix sheet See Handovers Matrix sheet See Handovers Matrix sheet N See Handovers Matrix sheet 0 No 33

Y - Intra BCF See Handovers Matrix sheet See Handovers Matrix sheet See Handovers Matrix sheet See Handovers Matrix sheet N See Handovers Matrix sheet 0 No 33

30

30

255 N 0 0 -1

255 N 0 0 -1

900E_PICO
N Optional Feature Optional Feature See Handovers Matrix sheet 33

1800_PICO
N Optional Feature Optional Feature See Handovers Matrix sheet 33

30

30

#N/A

#N/A

Optional Feature

Optional Feature

Optional Feature

Optional Feature

N 33 NA 10 -105 0 N 7 -

N NA 30 10 -105 0 N 7 -

Optional Feature

Optional Feature

#N/A Y -110 Optional Feature

#N/A Y -110 Optional Feature

Y - Intra BCF See Handovers Matrix sheet See Handovers Matrix sheet See Handovers Matrix sheet See Handovers Matrix sheet N See Handovers Matrix sheet 0 No 33

Y-Intra BCF See Handovers Matrix sheet See Handovers Matrix sheet See Handovers Matrix sheet See Handovers Matrix sheet N See Handovers Matrix sheet 0 No 33

30

30

255 N 0 0 -1

255 N 0 0 -1

Explanation Comments OPTIONAL (C/I Based Handover Candidate Evaluation) OPTIONAL (C/I Based Handover Candidate Evaluation) AMR - not in use OPTIONAL (C/I Based Handover Candidate Evaluation) - weighting coefficient of the ref. Cell With this parameter you define the minimum signal level of an adjacent cell, when a handover is allowed to one of them. With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power of the MS for each adjacent cell. This parameter replaces old ms_txpwr_max_cell parameter. NOTE: With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power of the MS for each adjacent cell. NOTE: MML value range: GSM 1800: 0..36 dBm (step size 2) GSM 1900: 0..32 dBm (step size 2) and 33 dBm NOTE: MML modification: Online NOTE: NetAct internal value range: GSM 1800: 0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)/-2 32 dBm: 31 34 dBm: 30 36 dBm: 29 GSM 1900: 0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)/-2 32 dBm: 31 33 dBm: 30 With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power of the MS for each adjacent cell. NOTE: MML value range: GSM 1800: 0..36 dBm (step size 2) GSM 1900: 0..32 dBm (step size 2) and 33 dBm NOTE: MML modification: Online NOTE: NetAct internal value range: GSM 1800: 0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)/-2 32 dBm: 31 34 dBm: 30 36 dBm: 29 GSM 1900: 0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)/-2 32 dBm: 31 33 dBm: 30 With this parameter you define the limit which is compared with the identification counter (fast moving MS) in the adjacent cell. If the limit is exceeded, the call is handed over from the macrocell to the best microcell.

With this parameter you define the adjacent cell layer in relation to the active cell. A call can be handed over to the cells that are visible to the serving cell by adjacency definition. This means the cells of upper layer, serving layer and lower layer. The adjacent cell layer definition can be used, for example, in umbrella and power budget handovers in defining the target cells according to their layer. NOTE: MML range: N ... ADJACENT CELL LAYER IS NOT IN USE SAME ... IN THE SAME LAYER WITH THE SERVING CELL UPPER ... IN A HIGHER LAYER THAN THE SERVING CELL PBCCH - Not used initially. GPRS should be on all 900 access layer cells, (including EGSM and microcells), but not on 1800 BTS within a segment? Need to define something in IPD as the default behaviour will get it wrong! PBCCH - Same as for GSM900 PBCCH - Same as for GSM1800 PBCCH - JW says10 is too long! PBCCH - Same as RxLevAccessMin. PBCCH - 10 when used PBCCH - HCS should not be used PBCCH - HCS not used - see comment Databuild (PCU Planning) With this parameter you define whether the adjacent cell is a normal or an extended cell. The meanings of the HOTA values are: 0 ... Normal cell or Nokia 2nd generation extended cell 1 ... UltraSite or Talk-family or Flexi EDGE extended cell, BSC tries to allocate a new channel from a normal transceiver (N-TRX) 2 ... UltraSite or Talk-family or Flexi EDGE extended cell, BSC tries to allocate a new channel from an extended transceiver (E-TRX) 3 ... UltraSite or Talk-family or Flexi EDGE extended cell, BSC tries to allocate a new channel from a transceiver that is of the same type as the ransceiver where the call exists With this parameter you indicate the Intelligent Directed Retry (IDR) type of the cell. This parameter affects the intelligent directed retry. With this parameter you define whether the handover margins for signal level and quality will be taken into account in the handover decision algorithm. With this parameter you define the minimum signal level of an adjacent cell, when a handover is allowed to an adjacent umbrella cell. With this parameter you define the minimum signal level when a traffic reason handover is allowed to an adjacent cell. NOTE: With this parameter you define whether the adjacent cell is synchronised with the cell in use. When defining adjacencies between the sectors of PrimeSite, the value of parameter synchronised must be N (not synchronised). This is because the sectors of PrimeSite are not synchronised with each other in a fault case, when the system has dr thresholds optimised in June 2007 to minimise failed DRs to capacity cells. See UKRE/07/045. Values now specified by cell type on define HO matrix tabs. in the power budget process. The handover margin prevents repeated With this parameter you a threshold handover between adjacent cells. With this parameter you define a threshold for a handover caused by signal level. With this parameter you define a threshold for a handover caused by signal quality. OPTIONAL (Optimization of the MS Power Level in Handovers) With this parameter you define the priority level for an adjacent cell. The priority level is used for target cell evaluation by the handover control process. By using priority levels for the handover algorithm, it is possible to take With this parameter you define how much the priority of the target cell will be decreased if the cell is overloaded. The parameter is used only for the cells under one BSC if the BSC cannot get information about the loading of other cells. NOTE: The HO load factor cannot be greater than the HO priority level. With this parameter you define the adjacent cell as a chained cell, to which the rapid field drop handover criteria are applied. Same as old value. With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power of the MS for each adjacent cell. This parameter replaces old ms_txpwr_max_cell parameter. NOTE: MML Modification: Online

Same as old value. With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power of the MS for each adjacent cell. NOTE: MML value range: GSM 1800: 0..36 dBm (step size 2) GSM 1900: 0..32 dBm (step size 2) and 33 dBm NOTE: MML modification: Online NOTE: NetAct internal value range: GSM 1800: 0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)/-2 32 dBm: 31 34 dBm: 30 36 dBm: 29 GSM 1900: 0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)/-2 32 dBm: 31 With this parameter you define the frequency of the BCCH. BCCH Frequency is used to identify frequency which will be used by LMU and MS to measure RIT / OTD between segments. MML NOTE: Required on creation: Optional MML NOTE: Obligatory in creation when LCSE not connected to any segment, otherwise read from the

With this parameter you define whether the direct access to desired layer/band handover is applied to the adjacent cell in case of AMR call establishment and whether AMR target cells are prioritised in handover. In handover this parameter indicates whether AMR is enabled in the target Required for 2G neighbour definition With this parameter you define the reporting priority of the adjacent GSM cell. With this parameter you define the reporting priority of the adjacent GSM cell. With this parameter you define the adjacent cell index for the adjacent GSM cell

Modified X X X X

New X X

Modified

New Modified

New Modified

New

11 11.5 11 11.5

12
X X X X X X X

12

13

13

14

14

X X

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

X X X X X X X X X

X X

X X X

X X X X

X X X X X X

X X X X

X X X X X X

X X

X X X

X X X X X X X X

Added or Last Revised in Workbook Version

100047 100047

100047

100047

100047

100047

100047 100047 100047 100047 100047

100047 100047 100047 100047 100047

100047 100047

100047

100047

100047

UADJC
OBJECT EXPLANATION
UADJC UADJC UADJC UADJC UADJC UADJC UADJC UADJC UADJC downlink transmission diversity (DIV) location area code (LAC) minimum CPICH Ec/Io level (MET) mobile country code (MCC) radio network controller identifier (RNC) scrambling code (SCC) service area code (SAC) WCDMA downlink carrier frequency (FREQ) direct access Ec/Io threshold (DET)

Q3 NAME
txDiversityInd locationAreaId::lac minEcnoThreshold locationAreaId::mcc rncId scramblingCode sac uarfcn intSystemDaEcioThr

From

-24

UADJC UADJC UADJC UADJC

reporting priority (REP) adjacent cell index (INDEX) cell identification (CI) mobile network code (MNC)

ddReportingPriority ucellIndex cId locationAreaId::mnc

0 0 1 00 000

RANGE

To UNIT REC. MMl MML 900_MACRO

N -15 234 -

with 0.5 dB steps 0 .. reporting priority is set to normal 1 .. reporting priority is set to high .

0.5

dB

-11.5

EA

-11.5

1 250 65535 99 999 -

EA EA EA EA

0 10

Cell Type

900E_MACRO
N -15 234 -11.5

1800_MACRO
N -15 234 -11.5

900_MICRO
N -15 234 -11.5

900E_MICRO
N -15 234 -11.5

0 10

0 10

0 10

0 10

Cell Type

1800_MICRO
N -15 234 -11.5

900_MWAY_MICRO
N -15 234 -11.5

900E_MWAY_MICRO
N -15 234 -11.5

900_PICO
N -15 234 -11.5

0 10

0 10

0 10

0 10

900E_PICO
N -15 234 -11.5

1800_PICO
N -15 234 -11.5

0 10

0 10

Explanation Comments Required for 3G neighbour definintions Required for 3G neighbour definintions Required for 3G neighbour definintions Required for 3G neighbour definintions Required for 3G neighbour definintions Required for 3G neighbour definintions Required for 3G neighbour definintions Required for 3G neighbour definintions With this parameter you define the minimum CPICH Ec/Io level of an adjacent WCDMA RAN cell in decibels, when a direct access to the adjacent WCDMA RAN cell is allowed. If this parameter has the value 0.5 dB, the BSC is not allowed to initiate a direct access from the serving GSM cell to the WCDMA RAN cell because a CPICH Ec/Io level measured by mobiles can be maximum 0 dB. With this parameter you define the reporting priority of the adjacent UTRAN cell. Required for 3G neighbour definintions Required for 3G neighbour definintions Required for 3G neighbour definintions

Modified

New

Modified

New Modified

New Modified

New

11 11.5 11 11.5

12
X X X X X X X X

12

13

13

14

14

X X

X X X X X

X X X X X X

Added or Last Revised in Workbook Version

100047

100047

RA
OBJECT EXPLANATION
RA RA Network Service Entity Identifier (NSEI) Routing Area Code (RAC)

Q3 NAME
NseiList RoutingAreaId

From RANGE To

UNIT REC. MMl MML 900_MACRO

-

900E_MACRO
-

1800_MACRO
-

Cell Type

900_MICRO
-

900E_MICRO
-

1800_MICRO
-

900_MWAY_MICRO
-

900E_MWAY_MICRO
-

900_PICO 900E_PICO
-

1800_PICO
-

Explanation Comments With this parameter you define the network service entity identifiers of the routing area. With this parameter you identify the routing area code number. NOTE: Routing Area Identification (RAI = MCC + MNC + LAC +RAC) is used for identifying GPRS cells. MML NOTE: Modification: Online

Modified

11

Modified

New

Modified

New Modified

New Modified

New

11.5 11 11.5

12

12

13
X

13

14
X X

14

Added or Last Revised in Workbook Version 100047 100047

NSE
OBJECT EXPLANATION Q3 NAME From
NSE Network Service Entity Identifier (NSEI) Nsei

NSE

local UDP port number (LPNBR)

localUdpPort

NSE NSE

NSE type PCU logical index (PCU)

nseType pcuID 0

NSE NSE NSE NSE

Packet Service Entity Identifier (PSEI) PS NRI (NRID or NRIB) PS NRI List (NRID or NRIB) NSE NRI Mask (-)

psei psNri psNriList nseNriMask

0 0 0

RANGE

To UNIT REC. MMl MML 900_MACRO

see comment

FW

see comment 254

0 -

FWC

0 -

Step 1 - SEE COMMENT Step 1 Step 1

99 1023 1023

65535 1023

FX FX FX FX

65535 1023

Cell Type

900E_MACRO

1800_MACRO

900_MICRO

900E_MICRO

0 -

0 -

0 -

0 -

65535 1023

65535 1023

65535 1023

65535 1023

Cell Type

1800_MICRO

900_MWAY_MICRO

900E_MWAY_MICRO

900_PICO

0 -

0 -

0 -

0 -

65535 1023

65535 1023

65535 1023

65535 1023

900E_PICO

1800_PICO

0 -

0 -

65535 1023

65535 1023

Explanation Comments With this parameter you can manually select the network service entity identifier to which the BTS/SEG will be connected. If you give this parameter the PCU selection algorithm is not used. The routing area must be created and the NSEI must exist on the routing area the BTS/SEG is using. NOTE: Parameter can be given only when GPRS is enabled at the same time (MML: GENA = Y, NetAct: GPRS Enabled = true). When GPRS is already enabled it needs to be disabled first and then enabled again with a new Network Service Entity Identifier (NSEI). Modification via File Based Plan Provisioning is possible although GPRS is already enabled in the cell. Either Packet Service Entity Identifier (PSEI) or Network Service Entity Identifier (NSEI) can be used for identifying NSE layer. With this parameter you identify the local user datagram protocol (UDP) port number. NOTE: Range: 50000...65535 is highly recommended, but also lower values can be given. This parameter can be given only when creating the first NSVL to the NSE. With this parameter you indicate transmission type of NSE in Gb interface. Type can be IP or Frame Relay which is being determined according to type of the first NSVC/NSVL created to the NSE by the user.

NOT IN USE. With this parameter you identify the Packet Service Entity. The Packet Service Entity Identifier (PSEI) is used in the BSS to determine Packet Control Pool (PCP). NOT IN USE. This parameter maps NRI to NSE. A maximum of 16 NRIs can be mapped to one NSE. Each NRI contains the address of the SGSN and its certain PAPU unit. NOT IN USE. A list of the NRIs in the NSE. A maximum of 16 NRIs can be mapped to one NSE. Each NRI contains the address of the SGSN and its certain PAPU unit. NOT IN USE. This parameter defines the used wild card mask in the NSEs NRIs. Wild card mask is used in PCU for masking significant bits from TLLI.

Modified

New

Modified

New Modified

New Modified

New

11 11.5 11 11.5

12

12

13

13

14

14

X X

X X X

Added or Last Revised in Workbook Version

100047

100047

100047

NSVC
OBJECT EXPLANATION
NSVC NSVC NSVC administrative state BCSU logical index (BCSU) Bearer Channel Identification (BCI)

Q3 NAME
adminState unitLogicalIndex FrBearerChannelId

NSVC

Bearer Channel Name (BCN)

FrBearerChannelName

NSVC NSVC NSVC NSVC NSVC NSVC

Committed Information Rate (CIR) Data link connection identifier (DLCI) remote host name (RHOST) remote IP address (RIP) remote signalling weight (RSW) Network Service Virtual Connection Identifier (NSVCI)

CommittedInfoRate DataLinkConnectinoId nsvcConfData :: dnsname nsvcConfData::ipAddress nsvcConfData::signWeight nsVirtualConnectionId

NSVC

Network Service Virtual Connection Name (NAME)

NsVirtualConnectionName

NSVC NSVC NSVC NSVC NSVC NSVC NSVC NSVC

Bearer Channel Identifier (BCI) Bearer Channel Name (BCN) Remote Data Weight (RDW) Remote Host Name (RHOST) Remote IP Address Value (RIP) Network Service Virtual Link Identifier (NSVLI) Local UDP Port (LPNBR) Network Service Entity Identifier,. (NSEI)

frBearerChannelId frBearerChannelName dataWeight dnsName ipAddressValue ipNsVirtualConnectionId localUdpPort nsEntityId

NSVC

Pre-configured SGSN IP Endpoint (PRE)

preconfSgsnIpEpInd

NSVC

Packet Service Entity Identifier (PSEI) Remote Signalling Weight (RSW)

psei signWeight
udpPort

NSVC

Remote UDP Port (RPNBR)

From
1 (Unlocked)

RANGE
See Comment

To
3 (Locked)

See Comment

497

String of up to 10 Characters

See Comment 16 0 991 110

65535

String of up to 10 Characters. Please check NOLS/NED for further details

0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0

Step 1 - SEE COMMENT SEE COMMENT Step 1 SEE COMMENT SEE COMMENT Step 1 Step 1 Step 1

399 10 255 110 255 65535 65535 65535

or

0 0
0

Step 1 Step 1
Step 1

99 255
65535

UNIT REC. MMl MML 900_MACRO

900E_MACRO

1800_MACRO

Chars Chars Chars 50000 -

FX FX FX FX FX FX FX FX

50000 -

50000 -

50000 -

FX

50000

FX FX
FX

50000

50000

50000

Cell Type

900_MICRO

900E_MICRO

1800_MICRO

900_MWAY_MICRO

50000 -

50000 -

50000 -

50000 -

50000

50000

50000

50000

900E_MWAY_MICRO

900_PICO 900E_PICO

1800_PICO

50000 -

50000 -

50000 -

50000 -

50000

50000

50000

50000

Explanation Comments

With this parameter you identify the bearer channel with an identifier. Parameter is alternative with parameter bearer channel name. Note! Range: 0..95 for BSC3i660 0..399 for BSC3i 2000 0..479 for Flexi BSC 0..63 for other BSCs With this parameter you identify the bearer channel with a name. The name can contain from 1 to 10 characters (A-Z, 0-9). The name starts with a character A-Z and is unique within network element. Parameter is alternative with parameter bearer channel identification. With this parameter you define the committed information rate. NOTE: MML RANGE: ETSI: 16..1984 (kbit/s, steps of 16 kbit/s) ANSI: 16..1536 (kbit/s, steps of 16 kbit/s) With this parameter you identify the data link connection identifier. OPTIONAL (GP over IP) With this parameter you identify the remote signalling weight for static configuration. Signalling Weight must be given in creation and is modifiable only when the Pre-configured SGSN IP Endpoint parameter value is "false". OPTIONAL (GP over IP) With this parameter you give a name to the network service virtual connection. The name must be unique in the BSC. NOTE: Range: The value has to be given as a character string including characters A-Z, 0-9, hyphen (-) or underscore (_). NOTE: With this parameter you identify the bearer channel with an identifier. Parameter is alternative with parameter bearer channel name. With this parameter you identify the bearer channel with a name. Parameter is alternative with parameter bearer channel identification. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you identify the remote data weight for static configuration. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you identify the Remote DNS name. The parameter is alternative with Remote IP Address Value. NOT IN USE. This parameter represents the Remote IP address. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you identify the network service virtual link. NOTE: The value must be unique in the BSC NOT IN USE. With this parameter you identify the local user datagram protocol (UDP) port number. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you identify the network service entity. The NSEI is used in the BSS and SGSN to determine the NS-VCs that provide services to BVCIs

NOT IN USE. With this parameter you identify whether the SGSN IP endpoint is dynamic (preconfigured) or static. If the parameter is set to Yes, the configuration is dynamic. If the parameter is set to No, the configuration is static. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you identify the Packet Service Entity. The Packet Service Entity Identifier (PSEI) is used in the BSS to determine Packet Control Pool (PCP). NOT IN USE. With this parameter you identify the remote signalling weight for static configuration. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you identify the remote user datagram protocol (UDP) port number. The UDP Port field is modifiable only when the Network Service Virtual Link is located at the SGSN. The parameter cannot be modified in the BSC.

Modified

New

Modified

New Modified

New Modified

New

11 11.5 11 11.5

12

12

13

13

14

14

X X

X X

X X X X X X X X X X X X

X X
X

Added or Last Revised in Workbook Version

100047

100047

100047 100047

100047

100047

GPC
OBJECT
GPC GPC GPC GPC GPC

EXPLANATION
quality control GPRS UL RLC ack throughput threshold (QGURT) NCCR number of zero results (NNZR) NCCR other PCU cell offset (NOPO) NCCR rxlev idle mode window size (NRIW) NCCR rxlev transfer mode window size (NRTW)

Q3 NAME
qcTputThrModes :: gprsUlRlcAckMode nccrNumberZeroResults nccrOtherPcuCellOffset nccrRxlevIdleWinSize nccrRxlevTraWinSize

From
0 0 0 1 1

RANGE
Steps of 1 Steps of 2dB

To
20 10 14 10 10

UNIT
kbit/s dB

REC.

MMl
6 2 4 5 5

MML
EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ

900_MACRO
6 2 4 5 5

900E_MACRO
6 2 4 5 5

1800_MACRO
6 2 4 5 5

Cell Type

900_MICRO
6 2 4 5 5

900E_MICRO
6 2 4 5 5

1800_MICRO
6 2 4 5 5

ell Type

900_MWAY_MICRO
6 2 4 5 5

900E_MWAY_MICRO
6 2 4 5 5

900_PICO
6 2 4 5 5

900E_PICO
6 2 4 5 5

1800_PICO
6 2 4 5 5

Explanation Comments OPTIONAL GPRS OPTIONAL Network-Controlled Cell Re-selection OPTIONAL Network-Controlled Cell Re-selection OPTIONAL Network-Controlled Cell Re-selection OPTIONAL Network-Controlled Cell Re-selection

Modified

11 11.5

New

Modified New Modified New Modified

New

11 11.5
X X X X X

12

12
X X X X

13
X X X X X

13

14

14

Added or Last Revised in Workbook Version

DAP
OBJECT EXPLANATION
DAP

Q3 NAME
newFirstTimeSlot

From RANGE
1 Step 1

New First Time Slot (NFT)

DAP

New Last Time Slot (NLT)

newLastTimeSlot

Step1

DAP DAP

Pool Size (SIZE) Packet Service Entity Identifier (PSEI)

poolSize psei

3 0

Step 1 Step 1

To UNIT REC. MMl MML 900_MACRO

31 ES -

900E_MACRO
-

31

ES

31 99

ES ES

Cell Type

1800_MACRO
-

900_MICRO
-

900E_MICRO
-

1800_MICRO
-

Cell Type

900_MWAY_MICRO
-

900E_MWAY_MICRO
-

900_PICO 900E_PICO
-

Explanation

Modified

New

1800_PICO
-

Comments With this parameter you define the new first time slot. The time slots are entered as time slot numbers. By entering a number smaller than the first time slot you add the time slot(s) to the beginning of the pool. By entering a number bigger than the first time slot you remove time slot(s) from the beginning of the pool. With this parameter you define the new last time slot. The time slots are entered as time slot numbers. By entering a number bigger than the last time slot you add time slot(s) to end of the pool. By entering a number smaller than the last time slot you remove time slot(s) from the end of the pool. With this parameter you define the Pool size. The minimum pool size is 3 With this parameter you identify the Packet Service Entity. The Packet Service Entity Identifier (PSEI) is used in the BSS to determine Packet Control Pool (PCP).

11 11.5 11

New

Modified

New Modified

New Modified

New

11.5

12

12
X

13

13

14

14

X X

Added or Last Revised in Workbook Version

ACP
OBJECT EXPLANATION
ACP ACP Circuit (CRCT) Pool Size (SIZE)

Q3 NAME
circuit poolSize

From
0 1

RANGE
Step 1

To
24

Step 1 - SEE COMMENT 3391

UNIT REC. MMl MML 900_MACRO

ES ES -

900E_MACRO
-

1800_MACRO
-

Cell Type

900_MICRO
-

900E_MICRO
-

1800_MICRO
-

900_MWAY_MICRO
-

900E_MWAY_MICRO
-

900_PICO 900E_PICO
-

1800_PICO
-

Comments NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the Abis interface ET-PCM number and the first time slot of the pool. You can also use the &&-structure to set the last time slot of the pool or use the SIZE parameter to give the pool size NOT IN USE. With this parameter you define the Pool size. The minimum pool size is 1.

Modified

New

Modified

New Modified

New Modified

New

11 11.5 11 11.5

12

12
X X

13
X X

13

14
X

14

Added or Last Revised in Workbook Version 100047

NSVL
OBJECT EXPLANATION
NSVL NSE NRI Mask (-)

Q3 NAME
nseNriMask

From RANGE To UNIT

0 Step 1 1023

REC. MMl MML 900_MACRO

1023 FX 1023

900E_MACRO
1023

1800_MACRO
1023

Cell Type

900_MICRO
1023

900E_MICRO
1023

1800_MICRO
1023

900_MWAY_MICRO
1023

900E_MWAY_MICRO
1023

900_PICO 900E_PICO
1023 1023

1800_PICO
1023

Comments NOT IN USE. This parameter defines the used wild card mask in the NSEs NRIs. Wild card mask is used in PCU for masking significant bits from TLLI.

Modified

New

Modified

New Modified

New Modified

New

11 11.5 11 11.5

12

12

13

13
X

14

14

Added or Last Revised in Workbook Version

PSE
OBJECT EXPLANATION
PSE PSE PSE PSE PS Null NRI (NNRID or NNRIB) PS NRI List (NRID or NRIB) PSE NRI Mask (-) PS SGSN Load Balancing (SLBAL)

Q3 NAME
psNullNri psNriList pseNriMask psSgsnLoadBalancing

From RANGE
0
0 0

Step 1
Step 1 or

To UNIT REC. MMl MML 900_MACRO

1023
1023 1

900E_MACRO
65535
1023 0

65535
1023 0

FX
FX FX FX

65535
1023 0

Cell Type

1800_MACRO
65535
1023 0

900_MICRO
65535
1023 0

900E_MICRO
65535
1023 0

1800_MICRO
65535
1023 0

Cell Type

900_MWAY_MICRO
65535
1023 0

900E_MWAY_MICRO
65535
1023 0

900_PICO 900E_PICO
65535
1023 0

65535
1023 0

1800_PICO
65535
1023 0

Comments NOT IN USE. This parameter defines the null NRI used in the PSE. The Null NRI parameter indicates to PCU that the load balancing function is used for selecting an SGSN for the MS NOT IN USE. A list of the NRIs in the NSE. A maximum of 16 NRIs can be mapped to one NSE. Each NRI contains the address of the SGSN and its certain PAPU unit. NOT IN USE. This parameter is formed from the binary AND operation of the NSE_NRI_MASK parameters in the NSEs of the PSE. It is used for checking the uniqueness of NRI and NULL NRI in PSE in DX, and also selecting NSE (SGSN) for MS in PCU. NOT IN USE. This parameter defines which load balancing method is used in the PSE. The parameter is updated to the PSE object in the BSC.

Modified

New

Modified

New Modified

New Modified

New

11 11.5 11 11.5

12

12

13

13
X X X X

14

14

Added or Last Revised in Workbook Version

PCU
OBJECT EXPLANATION
PCU PCU PCU PCU PCU PCU BCSU ID (BCSU) PCU Index (PCU) PCU Identifier (PCU ID) Plug-in Unit Type Packet Service Entity Identifier (PSEI)
PCU up to date (PUTD)

Q3 NAME
bcsuID pcuID pcuIdentifier piuType psei
pcuUpToDate

From
0 0 0

RANGE
Step 1 - SEE COMMENT Step 1 Step 1 SEE COMMENT Step 1
N (0), Y (1)

To UNIT REC.
10 254 99

MMl
no_piu_type_info_c (1023) 1

MML
FX FX FX

99

FX
FX

900_MACRO
-

900E_MACRO
-

1800_MACRO
-

no_piu_type_info_c (1023) no_piu_type_info_c (1023) no_piu_type_info_c (1023) 1

Cell Type

900_MICRO
-

900E_MICRO
-

1800_MICRO
-

no_piu_type_info_c (1023) no_piu_type_info_c (1023) no_piu_type_info_c (1023) 1

Cell Type

900_MWAY_MICRO
no_piu_type_info_c (1023) 1

900E_MWAY_MICRO
no_piu_type_info_c (1023) 1

900_PICO
no_piu_type_info_c (1023) 1

900E_PICO
-

1800_PICO
-

no_piu_type_info_c (1023) no_piu_type_info_c (1023) 1 1

Comments NOT IN USE. With this parameter you identify the base station signalling unit where the physical PCU card is installed and which you want to attach to the logical PCU object to be created. NOT IN USE. With this parameter you identify the packet control unit logical index of physical card. NOTE: Parameter old Full name has been PCU ID. NOT IN USE. This parameter identifies the PCU object in the BSC. NOT IN USE. This parameter describes the PCU plug-in unit type. With this parameter you identify the Packet Service Entity. The Packet Service Entity Identifier (PSEI) is used in the BSS to determine Packet Control Pool (PCP) With this parameter system informs user whether or not DLDC information of all BTSs using this PCU is updated to PCU. Only system can modify this parameter.

Modified

New

Modified

New Modified

New Modified

New

11 11.5 11 11.5

12

12
X X X X X

13
X X X X X

13

14
X

14

Added or Last Revised in Workbook Version

100047

100047

100047

MAL
OBJECT EXPLANATION
MA/MAL

Q3 NAME

From

DFCA MA list usage (DMAU) dfcaMAListUsage

RANGE
CS (1), PS (2), CSPS (3)

To UNIT REC. MMl MML 900_MACRO

3 EB 3

Cell Type

900E_MACRO
3

1800_MACRO
3

900_MICRO
3

900E_MICRO
3

Cell Type

1800_MICRO
3

900_MWAY_MICRO
3

900E_MWAY_MICRO
3

900_PICO
3

Explanation

Modified

900E_PICO
3

1800_PICO
3

Comments With this parameter you define the usage of DFCA MA list. The values are CS, PS and CSPS. CS: DFCA MA List is for CS usage PS: DFCA MA List is for PS usage CSPS: DFCA MA List is for both CS and PS usage.

11

Modified

New

Modified

New Modified

New Modified

New

11.5 11 11.5

12

12

13

13

14

14
X

Added or Last Revised in Workbook Version

100047

PR File
PARAMETER CLASS:
9 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 38 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 49 49

CLASS FUNCTION
SYSTEM_SUPERVISION IMPLEMENTA_OF_CALL_CTRL IMPLEMENTA_OF_CALL_CTRL IMPLEMENTA_OF_CALL_CTRL IMPLEMENTA_OF_CALL_CTRL IMPLEMENTA_OF_CALL_CTRL IMPLEMENTA_OF_CALL_CTRL IMPLEMENTA_OF_CALL_CTRL IMPLEMENTA_OF_CALL_CTRL IMPLEMENTA_OF_CALL_CTRL IMPLEMENTA_OF_CALL_CTRL IMPLEMENTA_OF_CALL_CTRL IMPLEMENTA_OF_CALL_CTRL IMPLEMENTA_OF_CALL_CTRL IMPLEMENTA_OF_CALL_CTRL IMPLEMENTA_OF_CALL_CTRL IMPLEMENTA_OF_CALL_CTRL IMPLEMENTA_OF_CALL_CTRL MML_COMMAND_LOG PCU_TELECOM_PARAMETERS PCU_TELECOM_PARAMETERS PCU_TELECOM_PARAMETERS PCU_TELECOM_PARAMETERS PCU_TELECOM_PARAMETERS PCU_TELECOM_PARAMETERS PCU_TELECOM_PARAMETERS PCU_TELECOM_PARAMETERS PCU_TELECOM_PARAMETERS PCU_TELECOM_PARAMETERS GB_INTERFACE OAM_SECURITY

IDENTIFIER
00075 00005 00014 00015 00021 00022 00025 00024 00026 00027 00028 00032 00033 00042 00051 00053 00065 00068 00001 00067 00068 00072 00085 00086 00087 00100 00113 00114 00115 00007 00016

PARAMETER
NUMBER_OF_Q1_CHANNELS DR_USAGE C2_CELL_RESEL FACCH_CALL_SET_UP MS_PWR_OPT_IN_HO_P SDCCH_HO_USAGE_P UNDERLAY_OVERLAY_US_P CHAINED_CELL_USAGE_P DUAL_BAND_USAGE_P RNOS_USAGE_P RXQ_HAC_USAGE_P Q3_BTS_HW_REM_INQ_USE EFR_SUPPORT_IN_BSC DYNAMIC_SDCCH DC_OBSERVATION_USAGE AMH_USAGE_P CHAN_FIN_USAGE_P RCS_FER_FILTER STORAGE_LENGTH DL_TBF_RELEASE_DELAY UL_TBF_RELEASE_DELAY UL_TBF_SCHED_RATE_EXT POLLING_INTERVAL_STRM POLLING_INTERVAL_IA POLLING_INTERVAL_BG CHA_CONC_UL_TBF_FAV_DIR POLLING_INTERVAL_BG_LOW POLLING_INTERVAL_IA_LOW POLLING_INTERVAL_ST_LOW NS_ALIVE_RETRIES NE3S

NSN DEFAULT
0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 001E 07D0 07D0 004D 0004 0004 0004 0001 001D 001D 001D 000A

O2 DEFAULT VALUE
0012 00FF 00FF 00FF 00FF 00FF 00FF 00FF 00FF 00FF 00FF 00FF 00FF 00FF 00FF 00FF 00FF 0000 000A 07D0 07D0 0013 0013 0013 0013 0000 0013 0013 0013 0003 00FF

FI File
PARAMETER CLASS: 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 58 58 58 58 58 CLASS FUNCTION SYSTEM_FUNCT_CONFIGUR SYSTEM_FUNCT_CONFIGUR SYSTEM_FUNCT_CONFIGUR SYSTEM_FUNCT_CONFIGUR SYSTEM_FUNCT_CONFIGUR SYSTEM_FUNCT_CONFIGUR SYSTEM_FUNCT_CONFIGUR SYSTEM_FUNCT_CONFIGUR SYSTEM_FUNCT_CONFIGUR SYSTEM_FUNCT_CONFIGUR SYSTEM_FUNCT_CONFIGUR SYSTEM_FUNCT_CONFIGUR SYSTEM_FUNCT_CONFIGUR SYSTEM_FUNCT_CONFIGUR SYSTEM_FUNCT_CONFIGUR SYSTEM_FUNCT_CONFIGUR SYSTEM_FUNCT_CONFIGUR SYSTEM_FUNCT_CONFIGUR SYSTEM_FUNCT_CONFIGUR SYSTEM_FUNCT_CONFIGUR SYSTEM_FUNCT_CONFIGUR SYSTEM_FUNCT_CONFIGUR SYSTEM_FUNCT_CONFIGUR SYSTEM_FUNCT_CONFIGUR OAM_SECURITY OAM_SECURITY OAM_SECURITY OAM_SECURITY OAM_SECURITY IDENTIFIER 0093 0094 0173 0283 0380 0417 0444 0500 0558 0626 0628 0643 0644 0664 0665 0666 0667 0668 0739 0776 0820 0858 0899 1114 0000 0001 0002 0003 0005 PARAMETER DOUBLE_BA_LIST TRANSM_EQ_MML_ENABLE REMOTE_MMI HR_FEATURE_IN_BSC ALLOW_OVER_16TRX FH_IUO_USAGE BTS_HW_DB_Q3_INT_IN_USE ALLOW_48_OR_64_TRX MS_CAP_IND_USAGE DAC_USAGE FER_USAGE REV_HUNT_USED DYN_ABIS_IN_USE COMMON_BCCH_EGSM900 SEGMENT_USAGE COMMON_BCCH_GSM900 COMMON_BCCH_GSM1800 MULTI_BCF ISHO_SUPPORT_IN_BSC EMR_SUPPORT_IN_BSC TOTAL_FEP_USAGE ADJC_INDEX_USAGE_IN_Q3 EXT_UTBF_USAGE EQOS_TESTING_MODE PW_POLICY_FEATURE UA_POLICY_FEATURE SSH_SERVER_FEATURE SFTP_SERVER_FEATURE CONF_INTERFACES_FEATURE

O2 DEFAULT VALUE
ACTIVATED ACTIVATED ACTIVATED ACTIVATED ACTIVATED ACTIVATED ACTIVATED ACTIVATED ACTIVATED DEACTIVATED DEACTIVATED DEACTIVATED DEACTIVATED ACTIVATED ACTIVATED ACTIVATED ACTIVATED ACTIVATED ACTIVATED DEACTIVATED DEACTIVATED DEACTIVATED ACTIVATED DEACTIVATED DEACTIVATED DEACTIVATED DEACTIVATED DEACTIVATED DEACTIVATED

UTP File
Nokia BSS UTP Patch Reference
MCMU-0 MCMU-0 MCMU-0 MCMU-0 MCMU-0 MCMU-0 MCMU-0 FILE N:O 05AC006A RECORD N:O 00000000 FILE N:O 05AC006A RECORD N:O 00000001 FILE N:O 05AC006A RECORD N:O 00000002 FILE N:O 05AC006A RECORD N:O 00000003 FILE N:O 05AC006A RECORD N:O 00000004 FILE N:O 05AC006B RECORD N:O 00000000 FILE N:O 05AC006B RECORD N:O 00000001

MCMU-0

FILE N:O 05AC006B RECORD N:O 00000002

P File
Patch Content
014F 0005 2EE0 0000 01B4 000D 0001 0000 01B4 0000 03E8 0000 01B5 0016 03E8 0000 01B4 0029 01F4 0000 01BF 0045 0000 0000 0380 0006 0000 0000

014E 00C7 0001 0000

Explanation
SSP timer Ti <2E E0 = 12000 (2 min)> Required by Ericsson IOT Default GPRS capacity is calculated as idle resource (TN 760) BTS LOAD INFO TIMER for AMH (3E8H * 10ms = 10 seconds) (TN 757) On recovery of Gb interface, causes SI 13 messages to be enabled sequentially across all cells, avoiding Gb interface congestion as mobiles register Disables TRAU bicasting feature. (Patch with all zeroes to re-enable) Disable SPLIT_PG_CYCLE on CCCH with ABI program block (TN 762) Disable SPLIT_PG_CYCLE on CCCH with SYI program block (TN 762)

Patch Status
Deployed Deployed Deployed Deployed Deployed Deployed Deployed

In case there occurs Assignment Failure on SDCCH (MS is lost) and TCH is already reserved, the TCH releasing takes up to 60 seconds and A interface releasing up to 90 seconds.

Deployed

Tech Note Reference New in BSS13

TN 760 TN 757 TN 762 TN 762

WAU 27

PA File
PARAMETER / TIMER
T8 T17 T18 T3101 CELL IDENTIFIER ALARM LIMIT FOR UNAVAILABLE A-IF CIRCUITS ALARM DELAY FOR UNAVAILABLE A-IF CIRCUITS ALARM LIMIT FOR SUCCESSIVE REMOTE TC FAIL ALLOW SENDING OF UNEQUIPPED CIRCUIT MESSAGES BS_CV_MAX DRX TIMER MAX

MODIFIABLE DEFAULT
YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES 12.00 S 4.00 S 12.00 S 3.00 S LAC+CI 100% 60 S 3 NO 9 3

O2 DEFAULT VALUE
22.00 S 10.00 S 20.00 S 1.50 S CGI 60% 20 S 2 YES 6 4

Licence Keys
BSC Type
All All All All All All All Any BSC with PCU2

Feature code 0000000074 0000000013 0000000001 0000000004 0000000072 0000000673 0000001118 0000001802 0000003429 0000000393 0000000579 0000000580 0000000653 0000000654 0000001014

Licence code BSC00088 BSC00031 BSC00004 BSC00001 BSC00082 BSC00138 BSC00215 BSC00390

All All All All All All All

cence Keys
Licence name: 200TRX Basic SW licence PCU2 Basic SW per 256 ch (Abis 16kbit/s) AMR Capacity (HR) 10TRX EDGE 10TRX AMR FR Licence Control GPRS Licence Control GPRS/EDGE Support PGSM-EGSM BTS Paging Coordination in BSC Smart Resource Adaptation (SRA) Space Time Interference Rejection Combinig (STIRC) Robust AMR Signalling: FACCH and SACCH repetition Robust AMR Signalling: FACCH repetition for AMR FR Robust AMR Signalling: FACCH repetition for AMR HR Robust AMR Signalling: FACCH Power Increment Robust AMR Signalling: AMR Signalling Measurement Capacity 800 24 800 800 1 800 1 1 1 1000 1 1 1 1 1

142038687.xls.ms_office

Page 1317 of 1343

Other Params

Other Parameters
NAME/GROUP
AERM_M AERM_N AERM_TIE AERM_TIN
ALARM_LIMIT_FOR_SDCCH_AVAILABILITY ALARM_LIMIT_FOR_TCH_AVAILABILITY ALLOW_A_INTERFACE_ERROR_MESSAGES

UNIT

REC. O2 DEFAULT
5 16 1 4 20 30 N 0 0 Y 6 150 0 2 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 30 1 49 65535 65535 5 N 3 YES NOT A 0 1 NO 0 272 N 1 1 8 1 1 450 1200 12 82 25 60 15 10 10 8 10 50 15 180 180 10 10 10

Comments

% %

30 30 N

BIT_D_CHECK_IN_LSSU BIT_D_CODING_IN_LSSU BLOCK MSG INCOMING GLOBAL RESET BS_CV_MAX BUFF_FILTERING_TIME CHANGEO_DELAY_IF_RPO CONG_ABATE_THRESHOLD1 CONG_ABATE_THRESHOLD2 CONG_ABATE_THRESHOLD3 CONG_DISC_THRESHOLD1 CONG_DISC_THRESHOLD2 CONG_DISC_THRESHOLD3 CONG_FILTERING_TIME CONG_MEAS_METHOD CONG_ONSET_THRESHOLD1 CONG_ONSET_THRESHOLD2 CONG_ONSET_THRESHOLD3 DR CELL LIST CREATION TIME FPAR LIST USED INHIBIT_ATTEMPT_LIMIT INHIBIT_TEST_DENIED INTERFACE_TYPE L2_ERROR_CORRECTION LI_CODING LINK_TEST_DENIED LINK_TEST_FAIL_ACTION MAX_LENGTH_OF_SIF MSC CONTROLLED HO N3102 DEC N3102 INC N3102 MAX NB_OF_CONG_LEVELS PAGING_BUFFER LIMIT Q703_T1 Q703_T2 Q703_T3 Q703_T4 Q703_T5 Q703_T6 Q703_T7 Q704_T1 Q704_T12 Q704_T13 Q704_T14 Q704_T17 Q704_T2 Q704_T22 Q704_T23 Q704_T3 Q704_T4 Q704_T5

Y 6

5 N

N 1 1 8 1

142038687.xls.ms_office Q707_T1 Q714_T_CONN_EST Q714_T_GUARD Q714_T_IAR Q714_T_IAS Q714_T_INT Q714_T_REL Q714_T_RES Q714_T_STAT_INF
RX_ANTENNA_SUPERVISION_PERIOD RX_LEV_BALANCE RX_LEVEL_STATISTICS PERIOD_SUB_RANGE_1 RX_LEVEL_STATISTICS PERIOD_SUB_RANGE_2 RX_LEVEL_STATISTICS PERIOD_SUB_RANGE_3 RX_LEVEL_STATISTICS PERIOD_SUB_RANGE_4 RX_LEVEL_STATISTICS PERIOD_SUB_RANGE_5

Page 1318 of 1343

10 90 6000 660 300 60 150 15 300 65535 5 10 15 20 30 40 USED 256 16 64 8 15 10 20 1.5 6 0.28 0.1 6 12 0.5 6 1 0.5 60 20 22 10 2 15 10 2 13 NOT USED 1 2 3 4 7 11 16 24 40 2

Other Params

MIN dB

65535 5 10 15 20 30 40

SS_MANAGEMENT_USED SUERM_D SUERM_N SUERM_T

T10 T13 T17 T18 T3101 T3103 T3105_D T3105_F T3107 T3109 T3111 T3122 T3168 T3192 T4 T7 T8 T9101 T9103 T9104 T9105 T9108

S S S S S S S S S S S S

T9113 TCAP_LOAD_SHARING
TIMING_ADVANCE_STATISTICS_SUB_RAN GE_1 TIMING_ADVANCE_STATISTICS_SUB_RAN GE_2 TIMING_ADVANCE_STATISTICS_SUB_RAN GE_3 TIMING_ADVANCE_STATISTICS_SUB_RAN GE_4 TIMING_ADVANCE_STATISTICS_SUB_RAN GE_5 TIMING_ADVANCE_STATISTICS_SUB_RAN GE_6 TIMING_ADVANCE_STATISTICS_SUB_RAN GE_7 TIMING_ADVANCE_STATISTICS_SUB_RAN GE_8 TIMING_ADVANCE_STATISTICS_SUB_RAN GE_9

S S S S S S S S S

8 15 4 12 3 6 0.28 0.1 6 12 0.5 6 1 0 60 20 12 10 2 15 10 2 13

2 4 6 8 10 15 20 30 40

See embedded comment

BTS Battery Backup Procedure BBU

(All)

Lockable Parameter
The Following Parameters can be Optimised and Locked to Values below:
PARAMETER
numSDCCHS hoMarginQual hoMarginLev hoMarginPBGT rxLevAccessMin cellReselectOffset penaltyTime cellBarQualify DedicatedGPRSCapacity maxNumberRetransmission noOfBlocksForAccessGrant

Parameter Ranges and Comments

8 to 64. SDCCHs in multiples of 8 (TRx Config) 0 to 6dB in 1 dB steps 0 to 6dB in 1 dB steps -20 to 63. -110 to -47 dBm 0 to 64 dB in 2 dB steps 20 seconds N (0) 0 to 4 inclusive 4 or 2 or 1 see embedded comment 2 or 3 or 4 - see embedded comment

Parameters
Spreadsheet Issue in which Value Last Changed

timised and Locked to Values in the Ranges below:

100046 100046 100046 100046 100046

Current Settings Supplied by: Last Updated: 21st March 2005

TCSM Defaults / Settings S10.5 O2 Setting

Mark Hojbjerg, Nokia

DTX is set to off ( default) fixed gain levels are set to 0/0 dBm ( default) adaptive gain is off on all timeslots (default) DBLF on all ET ports FAR END ALARM should go to MSC TCSM Defaults
THROUGH CONNECTION ............ DOWNLINK DTX ................. LOOP TEST 0 .................. LOOP TEST 1 .................. CHANNEL STATE ................ TIME ALIGNMENT ............... FIXED GAIN ADJUSTMENT UPLINK ............... DOWNLINK ............. ADAPTIVE GAIN ADJUSTMENT...... MIN .................. MAX .................. ACOUSTIC ECHO CANCELLATION ... DELAY ............... TANDEM FREE OPERATION ........ NOISE SUPPRESSION ............ LEVEL ................ CIRCUIT TYPE ................. /* COMMAND EXECUTED */ OFF OFF OFF OFF FREE ON 0 dB 0 dB OFF 0 dB 6 dB --/--/-0 ms FR/--/--FR/--/--2 A

/* TRANSCODER ALARM FILTERING AND /* CANCELLING TIMES PCM LINE PCM-1 PCM-2 PCM-3 SYNCA (S) 10 10 10 SYNCC (S) 20 20 20

*/ */ MEMOA

ALLOWED ALLOWED ALLOWED

/* ET PARAMETERS INFO PCM FAULT RATE

*/ REACTION TIME TO FRM ALARM CANCEL PERMANENT FAULT (S) DELAY (MIN) 37 37 37 37 1 1 1 1

PCM-0 PCM-1 PCM-2 PCM-3

10E-3 10E-3 10E-3 10E-3

/* PCM DEFINED ALARM LIMITS PCM ATIME (MS) 100 100 100 100

*/

CTIME BERAL BERCL CRCAL CRCCL (MS) (ERR/5S) (ERR/5S) (ERR/MIN) (ERR/MIN) 200 200 200 200 80 80 80 80 40 40 40 40 63 63 63 63 31 31 31 31

PCM-0 PCM-1 PCM-2 PCM-3

/* PCM STATISTICS COUNTER /* DISTURBANCES PCM PCM-0 PCM-1 PCM-2 PCM-3 COUNTER LIMITS (MS) 1010101050 50 50 50 50505050200 200 200 200

*/ */

200-1000 200-1000 200-1000 200-1000

1000100010001000-

/* PCM DEFINED SLIP DISTURBANCE AND ALARM VALUES */ PCM PCM-0 PCM-1 PCM-2 PCM-3 SLIDL (SLIPS/24H) 5 5 5 5 * SA-BITS FOR Q.1 USE */ PRIORITY 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 SLIAL (SLIPS/H) 30 30 30 30

/* ETSI PCM FUNCTIONAL MODES PCM FUNCTIONAL MODE NORM NORM NORM NORM

FRAME ALIGNMENT MODE CRC CRC CRC CRC

PCM-0 PCM-1 PCM-2 PCM-3

/* SYNCHRONIZATION STATE INFO INPUT PCM-1 PCM-2 PCM-3 PCM-4 PCM-5 PCM-6 PCM-7 EXT STATE USED CONNECTED CONNECTED DISCONNECTED DISCONNECTED DISCONNECTED DISCONNECTED DISCONNECTED USED INPUT *

SYNCHRONIZATION BLOCK WORKING MODE = HIERARCHIC SYNCHRONIZATION OSCILLATOR CONTROL WORD = 32768 OSCILLATOR CONTROL MODE = FAST TIMER:SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNAL MALFUNCTION TOLERANCE TIME...5 MIN TIMER:REPAIRED SYNCHRONIZATION INPUT OBSERVATION TIME....10 MIN Note: The sync state above depends on the connected PCMs .

YNCHRONIZATION

E TIME...5 MIN

TIME....10 MIN

ed PCMs .

Nokia 2G Performance Measurements: O2_Default Plan

These measurements are enabled on all BSCs
ID 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 13 14 15 50 51 53 54 55 57 65 71 72 73 74 76 79 93 94 98 Measurement Set p_nbsc_traffic p_nbsc_res_avail p_nbsc_res_access p_nbsc_ho p_nbsc_power p_nbsc_load p_nbsc_avail p_nbsc_undef_adj_cell p_nbsc_rx_qual p_nbsc_ho_adj p_nbsc_cc p_nbsc_cc_pm p_nbsc_rx_statistics p_nbsc_link_balance p_nbsc_timing_advance p_nbsc_service p_nbsc_et_bsc p_nbsc_ms_capability p_nbsc_packet_control_unit p_nbsc_rlc_blocks_per_trx p_nbsc_frame_relay p_nbsc_dynamic_abis p_nbsc_coding_scheme p_nbsc_utran_ho_adj_cell p_nbsc_utran_ncell_sig_level p_nbsc_gbip 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Hour beginning 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Granularity 60 mins 60 mins 60 mins 60 mins 60 mins 60 mins 60 mins 24 hours 60 mins 24 hours 60 mins 60 mins 60 mins 24 hours 60 mins 60 mins 60 mins 60 mins 60 mins 60 mins 60 mins 60 mins 60 mins 24 hours 24 hours 60 mins

Data Retention Periods required on NetAct In the Oracle database 14 days ASCII bulk output files 4 days Zipped ASCII bulk files n/a

142038687.xls.ms_office

Page 1327 of 1343

142038687.xls.ms_office

Page 1328 of 1343

Nokia 2G Performance Measurements: Optional Measurements

These measurements are enabled as and when required on individual BSCs
Hour beginning 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Granularity As required As required As required As required As required As required ID 17 18 22 24 29 70

Measurement Set p_nbsc_tch_obs p_nbsc_int_ho_obs p_nbsc_cc_obs p_nbsc_dc_obs p_nbsc_dcb_obs p_nbsc_channel_finder

142038687.xls.ms_office

Page 1329 of 1343

Blocked Alarms Register

The following alarms are blocked by default. Any change to these lists must be approved by ATS

BSC
Code 690 690 690 690 690 1850 2842 2958 3316 3317 Description WORKING STATE CHANGE WORKING STATE CHANGE WORKING STATE CHANGE WORKING STATE CHANGE WORKING STATE CHANGE BTS TEST REPORT PRINTOUT FAILED BTS ALARM PRINTOUT FAILED FAULTY TIME SLOT IN TESTING OF TCSM UNIT NRI CONFIGURATION ERROR EXCESSIVE NRI CONFIGURATION ERRORS Unit LPT VTP VDU VDS VPP All Units All Units All Units All Units All Units

BTS
Code 7752 7753 7754 8184 Description TRX TEST FAILED TRX LOOP TEST FAILED ANTENNA LOOP TEST FAILED REAL TIME UPDATED

BSC
Comment

Linked to Multipoint Gb rollout Linked to Multipoint Gb rollout

BTS
Comment

OBJECT GROUP
BTS ADJC

EXPLANATION

BSC

GPRS GPRS cell barred (GBAR) GPRS GPRS reselect offset (GREO) DTM PFC Packet Flow Timer (DPPFT) Dual Transfer Mode and Statistics (DTM) (91) (optional) GPRS GPRS GPRS GPRS GPRS GPRS AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR GPRS GPRS GPRS GPRS GPRS GPRS PFC ack BLER limit for transfer delay 2 (ABL2) PFC ack BLER limit for transfer delay 3 (ABL3) PFC ack BLER limit for transfer delay 4 (ABL4) PFC ack BLER limit for transfer delay 5 (ABL5) QC drop action trigger threshold (QCATD) QC QoS renegotiation action trigger threshold (QCATQ) AMR FR threshold 1 (FRT1) AMR FR threshold 2 (FRT2) AMR FR threshold 5 (FRT3) AMR HR threshold 1 (HRT1) AMR HR threshold 2 (HRT2) AMR HR threshold 3 (HRT3) PAGCH blocks (PAB) PBCCH blocks (PBB) PRACH blocks (PRB) C31 hysteresis (CHYS) C32 qual (QUAL) calculation of minimum number of slots (CALC) GPRS fdd cell reselect offset (GFDD) GPRS GPRS NetworkControlled Cell Re-selection AND EQoS DFCA GPRS not allowed access classes (GACC) GPRS cell barred (GBAR) NCCR streaming TBF offset (NSTO) background mobile allocation frequency list (BMAL) background BTS colour code (BBCC) background BTS hopping mode (BHOP) background hopping sequence number 1 (BHSN1) background hopping sequence number 2 (BHSN2) background MAIO offset (BMO) background MAIO step (BMS) background network colour code (BNCC) background BCCH frequency (BFREQ)

BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS ADJC GPC BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS ADJC

ADJC ADJC TRX TRX TRX TRX TRX TRX TRX TRX TRX

background BTS colour code (BBCC) background network colour code (BNCC) background C/I estimation type 110 (BT1-BT10) background C/I estimation weight 1-10 (BW1-BW10) background cell identification of interfering cell 1-10 (BCI1-BCI10) background direct access level (BDAL) background level adjustment 1-10 (BL1-BL10) background location area code of interfering cell 1-10 (BLAC1-BLAC10) background optimum RX level uplink (BLEV) background training sequence code (BTSC) background TRX frequency type (BFRT)

Q3 NAME
GPRSCellBarred GPRSReselectOffset
dtmPfcPacketFlowTimer

RANGE
-52 1 Step 1 48 600

UNIT REC. MMl MML

dB secs 4 EA EE

pfcAckBlerLimit :: legacyStream pfcAckBlerLimit :: limit10150ms pfcAckBlerLimit :: limit200950ms pfcAckBlerLimit :: limit10004000ms qcActionTriggerThr :: drop qcActionTriggerThr :: qosRenego amrConfigurationFr: threshold1 amrConfigurationFr: threshold2 amrConfigurationFr: threshold3 amrConfigurationHr: threshold1 amrConfigurationHr: threshold2 amrConfigurationHr: threshold3 bsPagingBlocksRes bsPBCCHBlocks bsPRACHBlocks c31Hysteresis c32Qual calcMinNumberslots fddGprsQOffset GPRSAccCtrlClass GPRSCellBarred nccrStreamingTbfOffset

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

100 100 100 100 1000 1000

% % % % dB dB dB

10 10 70 90 400 200

EE EE EE EE EE EE EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ

31.5 see comment 31.5 31.5 63 see comment 63 63

Steps of 2dB

14

dB

EQ EQ

backgroundDBAttributes: usedMobileAllocation 0 Step 1 2000 or ND backgroundDBAttributes: bsIdentityCode backgroundDBAttributes: hoppingMode backgroundDBAttributes: hoppingSequenceNumber backgroundDBAttributes: hoppingSequenceNumber backgroundDBAttributes: maioOffset backgroundDBAttributes: maioStep backgroundDBAttributes: bsIdentityCode backgroundDBAttributes: bCCHFrequency

backgroundDBAttributes: bsIdentityCode backgroundDBAttributes: bsIdentityCode backgroundDBAttributes: trxIntfCell backgroundDBAttributes: trxIntfCell backgroundDBAttributes: trxIntfCell backgroundDBAttributes: directAccessLevel backgroundDBAttributes: trxIntfCell backgroundDBAttributes: trxIntfCell backgroundDBAttributes: optimumRxLevUL backgroundDBAttributes: tsc backgroundDBAttributes: trxFrequencyType

O2 Defaults

900_MACRO
0 0 4

900E_MACRO
0 0 4

1800_MACRO 900_MICRO
0 0 4 0 0 4

10 10 70 90 400 200 4 7 11 11 14 0 4 3 6 N N 12 N 0 4 -

10 10 70 90 400 200 4 7 11 11 14 0 4 3 6 N N 12 N 0 4 -

10 10 70 90 400 200 4 7 11 11 14 0 4 3 6 N N 12 N 0 4 -

10 10 70 90 400 200 4 7 11 11 14 0 4 3 6 N N 12 N 0 4 -

900E_MICRO 1800_MICRO
0 0 4 0 0 4

900_MWAY_MICRO
0 0 4

10 10 70 90 400 200 4 7 11 11 14 0 4 3 6 N N 12 N 0 4 -

10 10 70 90 400 200 4 7 11 11 14 0 4 3 6 N N 12 N 0 4 -

10 10 70 90 400 200 4 7 11 11 14 0 4 3 6 N N 12 N 0 4 -

900E_MWAY_MICRO
0 0 4

900_PICO 900E_PICO 1800_PICO

0 0 4 0 0 4 0 0 4

10 10 70 90 400 200 4 7 11 11 14 0 4 3 6 N N 12 N 0 4 -

10 10 70 90 400 200 4 7 11 11 14 0 4 3 6 N N 12 N 0 4 -

10 10 70 90 400 200 4 7 11 11 14 0 4 3 6 N N 12 N 0 4 -

10 10 70 90 400 200 4 7 11 11 14 0 4 3 6 N N 12 N 0 4 -

Explanation

Modified

New

Modified New

Comments
PBCCH - No cells should be barred PBCCH - Like Cell Reselect Offset
NOT IN USE. Defines the maximum time accepted for a Packet Flow Timer (PFT) during a DTM allocation. The PFC life-time determines how long the CS connection of a DTM MS is kept in the PS territory after the data traffic has ceased for the MS.

11 11.5 11 11.5
x

12
X X

12

OPTIONAL (GPRS) OPTIONAL (GPRS) OPTIONAL (GPRS) OPTIONAL (GPRS) OPTIONAL (GPRS) OPTIONAL (GPRS) AMR - See COMMENT x x x

x x x x x x X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X x X X X X X

AMR- See COMMENT PBCCH - Not Required PBCCH - Not Required. JW says I'd guess 4 PBCCH - Not Required PBCCH required. PBCCH required. GPRS - JW says I think this is what we have today, but it may be too low None. range -28 to +28 in 4dB steps + 'N' PBCCH - All access classes should be allowed PBCCH - No cells should be barred OPTIONAL Network-Controlled Cell Reselection AND EQoS Optional DFCA

X X

X X

X X X